EPA-600/2-77-215
November 1977
Environmental Protection Technology Series
                        COST ASSESSMENT  FOR THE
        EMPLACEMENT  OF  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS
                                       IN A  SALT  MINE
                                 Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
                                      Office of Research and Development
                                     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                            Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

-------
                 RESEARCH  REPORTING SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
 gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
 vironmental technology. Elimination of  traditional grouping was  consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The nine series are:

       1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
       2.  Environmental Protection Technology
       3.  Ecological Research
       4.  Environmental Monitoring
       5.  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
       6.  Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
       7.  Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
       8.  "Special" Reports
       9.  Miscellaneous Reports

 This report has been assigned to the ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION TECH-
 NOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and dem-
 onstrate instrumentation, equipment, and methodology to repair or prevent en-
 vironmental degradation from point and non-point sources of pollution. This work
 provides the new or improved technology required for the control and treatment
 of pollution sources to  meet environmental quality standards.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                      EPA-600/2-77-215
                                      November 1977
          COST ASSESSMENT FOR THE
   EMPLACEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN
                A SALT MINE
                    by

                B.  T.  Kown
               R.  A.  Stenzel
               J.  A.  Hepper
                J.  D.  Ruby
              R.  T.  Milligan

            Bechtel  Corporation
     San Francisco,  California  94119
          Contract No.  68-03-2430
              Project Officer

            Robert E. Landreth
Solid and Hazardous Haste Research Division
Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
          Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
MUNICIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
    OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
   U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER
     This report has been reviewed by the Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved for publica-
tion.  Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or re-
commendation for use.

-------
                                  FOREWORD


     The Environmental Protection Agency was created because of increasing
public and government concern about the dangers of pollution to the health
and welfare of the American people.  Noxious air, foul  water, and spoiled
land are tragic testimony to the deterioration of our natural environment.
The complexity of that environment and the interplay between its components
require a concentrated and integrated attack on the problem.

     Research and development is that necessary first step in problem solution
and it involves defining the problem, measuring its impact,  and searching for
solutions.  The Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory develops new and
improved technology and systems for the prevention, treatment, and management
of wastewater and solid and hazardous waste pollutant discharges from municipal
and community sources, for the preservation and treatment of public drinking
water supplies, and to minimize the adverse economic, social, health, and
aesthetic effects of pollution.  This publication is one of the products of
that research; a most vital communications link between the researcher and the
user community.

     The Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division contributes to these
program objectives by conducting research to promote improved solid waste
management and the environmentally safe management and disposal of hazardous
wastes.  This report presents results of an economic evaluation of the non-
radioactive hazardous wastes storage in underground mine openings.
                                             Francis T. Mayo
                                             Director
                                             Municipal  Environmental
                                             Research Laboratory
                                       11

-------
                                  ABSTRACT


     This report presents the results of an economic evaluation of the stor-
age of nonradioactive hazardous wastes in underground mine openings.  This
study is a part of a continuous effort to find a new and better method of
disposing or storing hazardous wastes in an environmentally acceptable manner.
The technical assessment of the hazardous waste storage in underground mine
openings performed in an earlier study (EPA-600/2-75-040) indicated that long-
term storage of hazardous wastes in a room and pillar type salt mine was an
environmentally acceptable method provided that certain precautions are taken.
This study is performed to develop the cost data associated with the storage
of hazardous wastes in a typical room and pillar type salt mine, including
the capital and operating costs.  The intent of the study is  to reveal eco-
nomic sensitivity of various parameters involved in the underground storage
of hazardous wastes.  In order to develop the cost data, this study also in-
volved characterization of the wastes and conceptual design of the waste re-
ceiving, treatment, containerization, and storage facilities.

     The major work tasks are (1) development of the design criteria including
waste characteristics, storage concept, treatment requirements, and selection
of the study mine; (2) conceptual design of the surface and subsurface facil-
ities; and (3) estimation of the capital and operating costs.  Design infor-
mation based on actual experience was not available for the storage of hazard-
ous wastes in a salt mine at this time.  This study considered five possible
alternative concepts of storing hazardous wastes in a salt mine that involved
variations in the plant size, the waste composition, and the storage method.

     It was concluded that the underground storage of hazardous wastes should
be in a systematic manner to allow controlled handling, segregated storage of
different wastes, maintenance of stored waste, inventorying of the stored
waste, and long-term protection of the environment.  To meet these criteria,
it was decided to convert all hazardous wastes to solid form, remove free
water and oil, and containerize the waste before placing it in the mine.  Ce-
mentizing the waste instead of the containerization was considered as an al-
ternative storage method.

     The cost of storing hazardous wastes in a salt mine depended considerably
on the plant capacity,the waste characterization, and the storage method.  In
the case of different plant capacities, the unit cost per ton (waste manage-
ment fee) increased from $173 to $424 (per ton stored) as the storage loading
reduced from 1,030 tons per day to 103 tons per day.

     The unit cost of storing the waste containerized in steel drums  (420
TPD stored waste) was $187 (per ton stored); whereas the cost of storing ce-
mentized waste was $102.  The waste characteristics also had significant

                                      iv

-------
effects on the storage cost.  The unit cost for storing all residue type
hazardous waste (420 TPD stored waste) was $187.  The cost increased to $298
when approximately 30 percent of the waste is in liquid form requiring chemi-
cal treatment.

     This report is submitted in fulfillment of Contract No. 68-03-2430 by
Bechtel Corporation under the sponsorship of the U.S. Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory, Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division (EPA, MERL, SHWRD).  Work for this report was con-
ducted during the period of July 1976 to May 1977.

-------
                               CONTENTS
Foreword	  i i i
Abstract ..................•••••••. 	   iv
Figures	 viii
Tables	•	   .x
Abbreviations and Unit Conversion	•	•   •  xii
Acknowledgment	•	•	X1'ii

   1.   Introduction	•   •    1
             Objectives of the study	    1
             Project methodology 	    2
   2.   Summary and Recommendations	    6
             Design and operating criteria 	    6
             Facility design 	    9
             Economic evaluation 	   10
             Recommendations	   15
   3.   Design Basis of the Study	   20
             Waste characteristics and quantity	   20
             Plant capacities	   25
             Waste storage concept	   26
             Alternative storage concepts	•	28
             Mine selection and description of selected	29
                mine
   4.   Storage Facility Design and Operation	47
             General design and operational criteria 	   47
             Surface facilities	56
             Subsurface facilities  	   80
             Alternative storage concept 	   96
   5.   Capital and Operating Cost	102
             Capital cost	103
             Operating cost	108
             Comparison of selected mines with other mines 	  116
   6.   Economic Analysis	119

References  .	135
Appendices
   A.   Summary of U.S. hazardous waste quantities 	  133
   B.   Specific design criteria for the base case	144
           surface facilities
   C.   Base case equipment and costs	147
   D.   Base case buildings, civil structures, mine.  ...  	  154
           rehabilitation, and costs
   E.   Base case labor requirement and costs	158
   F.   Hazardous waste storage at Herfa-Neurode, Germany	161


                                    vii

-------
                                   FIGURES


 Number                                                                  Page

 1.    Storage of hazardous wastes in an underground mine,
          material flow chart. .................  	

 2.    General cross section of the Michigan Basin 	 36

 3.    Stratigraphic column of the shaft area	37

 4.    Photo of the main haulway in a salt mine (Courtesy of
          International Salt Company)	40

 5.    General mine layout	41

 6.    Typical room and pillar arrangement	42

 7.    Cross section of production shaft 	 43

 8.    Material flow chart -- Type A wastes	48

 9.    Material flow chart --Type B wastes 	 50

10.    Material flow chart -- Type C and D wastes	5T

11.    Material flow chart -- Chemicals and containers 	 52

12.    Material flow chart -- Plant effluent treatment 	 53

13.    Schematic diagram of surface operation	57

14.    Block flow diagram of surface operation 	 58

15.    Plot plan of surface facilities	59

16.    Process flow diagram -- Type A waste unloading and	60
          surface storage

17.    Process flow diagram -- Type A waste treatment	62

18.    Process flow diagram -- Type A waste precipitation and	64
          filtration

-------
 Number                     Figures (continued)                          Page
19.     Process flow diagram -- Type B waste unloading and
          surface storage. .......................   65
20.     Process flow diagram -- Type B waste treatment and
          filtration	   66
21.     Process flow diagram -- Type C and D waste unloading
          and storage	   68
22.     Process flow diagram -- Chemical unloading and surface
          storage	   70
23.     Process flow diagram -- Plant effluent treatment  .  	   72
24.     Process flow diagram -- Container unloading and
          surface storage	   74
25.     Process flow diagram -- Containerization and staging	   76
26.     Schematic diagram of subsurface operation 	   82
27.     Drums and pallet	   84
28.     Schematic diagram of long-term storage operation  	   86
29.     Schematic diagram of retrievable storage (Type D)
          operation	   87
30.     Schematic diagram of storage cell preparation cycle .......   90
31.     Subsurface ventilation plan	   93
32.     Plot plan of underground service facilities	   94
33.     Underground decontamination facility	   95
34.     Schematic diagram of stabilized waste storage operation 	  1QO
35.     Sensitivity of the base case unit cost to changes in the
          plant size	  132
36.     Sensitivity of the base case unit cost to changes in the
          cost of capital	  133
37.     Sensitivity of the base case unit cost to changes in the
          cost of the mine	;  .  .  .	  .  134

-------
                                   TABLES
 Number                                                                   age
 1.     Waste Management Fee  (Unit  Cost  per Ton)  of Alternative
          Plant Sizes.  .........  .......  .........    11
 2.     Haste Management Fee  (Unit  Cost  per Ton)  of Alternative
          Storage Methods ................  •  .......    "12
 3.     Capital  Cost Summary of Five Alternative Cases.  ...  ......    13
 4.     Capital  Cost Summary of Base Case and its Allocation
          to Type A, B,  C and D Wastes  ...........  .  .....    14
 5.     Operating Cost Summary of Five Alternative Cases ........  .    16
 6.     Operating Cost Summary of the Base Case and its
          Allocation to  Type A, B, C, and D Wastes ...........    17
 7.     Composition of Hazardous Liquid  and Slurry Wastes ........    24
 8.     Waste Composition of Alternative Cases .......  .  ......    27
 9.     Loading  and Treatment Summary of Alternative Study ........    30
10.     Evaluation of Candidate Mines Based on General  Criteria .....    32
11.     Evaluation of Candidate Mines Based on Specific  Criteria .....    33
12.     General  Stratigraphic Section of the Michigan Basin .......    35
13.     Capital  Cost Estimate of Five Alternative Cases  .........   104
14.     Operating Cost Estimate of Five  Alternative Cases ........   Ill
15.     Operating Cost Estimate of Base  Case and its Allocation
          to Type A, B,  C, and D Wastes .................   113
16.     Summary  of Unit Cost per Ton Waste Management Fee ........   120
17.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 1,
          Privately Owned ........................   121

-------
 Number                       Tables  (continued)                          Page^

18.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 2,
          Privately Owned	122

19.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 3,
          Privately Owned	123

20.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 4,
          Privately Owned	124

21.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 5,
          Privately Owned	125

22.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 1,
          Government Owned 	 126

23.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 2,
          Government Owned 	 127

24-     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 3,
          Government Owned 	 128

25.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for- Case 4,
          Government Owned 	 129

26.     Pro Forma Discounted Cash Flow Statement for Case 5,
          Government Owned 	 130
                                      XI

-------
                      ABBREVIATIONS AND UNIT CONVERSION


Abbreviations

EPA       -- Environmental Protection Agency
SHWRD     -- Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
MERL      -- Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
ISCO      -- International Salt Company
BPT       -- Best Practical Technology
TPD       — Ton Per Day
W, H, L   -- Width, Height, Length
cfm       -- cubic foot per minute
Ib/hr     -- pounds per hour
sq ft     -- square foot
ft        -- foot
hp        — horsepower
gpm       -- gallon per minute


Unit Conversion

   British

1 acre          -- 0.405 hectare
1 foot          = 0.3048 m
1 inch          = 2.54 cm ?
1 square foot   = 0.0929 nr
1 cubic foot    = 0.02832 nr
1 gallon        = 3.785 liters
1 ton (short)   = 0.9072 metric ton
$1.0/ton        = $1.1023/metric ton

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     The project team wishes to acknowledge the Project Officer, Mr. Robert
E.  Landreth of the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division, Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory (SHWRD, MERL), Cincinnati, for his contin-
ued support and guidance throughout the study.  We wish also to acknowledge
Kali und Salz AG, Herfa-Neurode, West Germany, for allowing C. H. Jacoby of
ISCO to visit their hazardous waste storage plant and providing mine and
plant operational information.
                        BECHTEL AND ISCO PROJECT TEAM
                   Bechtel Corporation, San Francisco, CA

                     R. T. Milligan, Project Manager
                     B. T. Kown, Project Engineer
                     R. A. Stenzel, Pollution Control Specialist
                     J. A. Hepper, Economist
                     J. D. Ruby, Cost Engineer
                 International Salt Company (Subcontractor)

                     C. H. Jacoby, Mining Engineering Manager
                     A. Krug, Mining Engineer
                     J. H. Gardner (Consultant)

-------
                                  Section 1

                                INTRODUCTION
     This is the final report on the study "Cost Assessment for the Emplace-
ment of Hazardous Materials in A Salt Mine," conducted for the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency (EPA) under Contract No. 68-03-2430.

     The promulgation of air and water pollution control regulations has re-
sulted in more effective removal of contaminants from waste streams, especial-
ly the hazardous constituents in many industrial effluent streams.   These
cleanup activities have resulted in an increased quantity of concentrated
hazardous wastes that must be disposed of.  Disposal of hazardous wastes in
a manner that isolates them from the environment is becoming a difficult
problem throughout the country.

      In a continuing effort to find a new and improved method of disposing of
or storing hazardous wastes in a manner both economically reasonable and en-
vironmentally acceptable, EPA has been supporting a number of studies on the
subject of nonradioactive hazardous waste disposal, including offshore incin-
eration, secured landfill, chemical stabilization, encapsulation, and isola-
tion.

      One of these studies was "Evaluation of Hazardous Wastes Emplacement in
Mined Openings"  (EPA-600/2-75-040), supported by the Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division (SHWRD) of the Municipal Environmental Research La-
boratory, EPA (Ref. 1).  The study, conducted by Fenix and Scisson, Inc.,
provided an assessment of the technical feasibility and environmental accept-
ability of emplacing hazardous industrial wastes in underground mines.  The
study concluded that storing hazardous industrial wastes in a room and pillar
type  salt mine would be an environmentally acceptable method of managing
hazardous waste, provided that the recommended procedures of site selection,
treatment, containerization, and waste handling are followed.   In view of
this  assessment EPA decided that an economic evaluation of the concept should
be conducted.  This economic evaluation is the subject of this report.

OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

      This study is to provide EPA with necessary cost information to enable
the Agency to make sound decisions on future commitments of resources regard-
ing the emplacement of hazardous wastes in underground storage facilities.
Such  commitments should include studies on geological assessment of available
mines, characterization of hazardous waste suited for the underground storage,
and various research and development efforts leading to a demonstration pro-

-------
ject.

     This study provides EPA with the economic data for a review of the costs
that are associated with emplacement of hazardous wastes in a room and pillar
type salt mine.  The study also discusses the economic sensitivity of various
parameters involved in the underground emplacement of hazardous wastes.  In
order to develop the cost data, this study involved characterization of the
hazardous waste and conceptual design of the waste receiving, treatment, con-
tainerization, and storage facilities.

     In this study, a "typical" salt mine located in a bedded salt deposit
suitable for storage of hazardous wastes has been used as a basis for design
of the required facilities and for cost estimation.  The cost estimate in-
cludes:

     •    The probable cost of acquiring land and the con-
          struction of surface facilities necessary for
          waste receiving, unloading, treatment, contain-
          erization, and staging.

     t    The probable cost of acquiring the mine and the
          construction of underground facilities necessary
          for waste hoisting, transportation, and storage.

     •    The direct operating costs, including chemicals,
          containers, utility, and labor.

     •    The indirect operating costs, including taxes and
          insurance and administration and general overhead.
          This includes costs for public relations and educa-
          tion and long-term liability insurance.

     These costs were estimated from conceptual designs of the system.  Cost
data were obtained from both published literature and Bechtel historical  cost
data.

PROJECT METHODOLOGY

     To fulfill the objectives of the economic evaluation,  four major tasks
were performed for this study:

     (1)  Development of Design and Operating Criteria
          --  Characteristics of received waste
          --  Characteristics of stored material
          --  Required treatment
          --  Typical  salt mine

     (2)  Conceptual  Design
          --  Surface facility
          --  Subsurface facility

-------
     (3)  Cost Estimates
          ~  Capital costs
          --  Operating costs

     (4)  Economic Analyses of Overall Operation


Characteristics of Received Wastes

     The available literature was reviewed pertaining to the characteristics
of hazardous wastes.  A visit was made to the hazardous waste storage plant
of Kali und Salz A.G. at Herfa-Neurode in West Germany, the only known under-
ground hazardous waste storage facility.  The trip report to the Kali und
Salz plant is included in Appendix F.

     It was apparent from the literature that at the present time the charac-
terization and inventory of hazardous wastes are incomplete.  Although many
investigations for characterization and inventory have recently started, they
are as yet incomplete, and their results are not available for this study.
It is also expected that the characteristics of hazardous wastes (i.e., both
quantity and composition) will be changed rapidly as new laws and new manage-
ment programs are implemented.

     From these findings, it was concluded that the hazardous waste charac-
teristics to be used for the study would be of a general nature, reflecting
a wide range of waste types, but specific enough to reveal the requirements
of different treatment and handling methods.  The waste characteristics used
for this study are presented in Section 3.

Characteristics of Stored Materials and Required Treatment

     The waste can be stored to be easily retrievable as in a warehouse oper-
ation or emplaced for long-term storage as in a secured landfill operation
with retrievability only in an emergency.  Some of the design criteria for
easily retrievable storage are, however, not compatible with those for long-
term secured storage.  For example, easily retrievable storage requires an
access to each and every container and open space for retrieval operation,
whereas long-term secured storage requires isolation of the stored waste by
construction of a barrier or backfilling of the void space with impermeable
material.  Long-term secured storage of the waste may involve conversion of
the waste to more stable form before the storage, while retrievable storage
for future resource recovery may prefer storage of the waste as it is re-
ceived.  It is apparent that waste storage with easy retrieval involves use
of more space and probably costs more for a unit weight of the stored waste
than long-term storage.

     Early in the study, it was decided that for this study, the underground
waste emplacement should be based on long-term secured storage.  Retrieving
the long-term stored waste would be considered only in an emergency and when
no other alternative is available.   Such an emergency retrieval could be re-
quired if the long-term storage is later found to be unacceptable because of
a  public safety reason and the stored waste had to be removed from the under-

                                     . 3

-------
ground storage.   However, in order to develop cost data associated with short-
term storage of the waste and its retrieval, the cases in which a portion of
the waste is stored temporarily and later retrieved were also considered.

     Hazardous wastes for long-term storage are treated and containerized
before storage so that perpetual  maintenance of the long-term stored material
will not be required.  For the purpose of this study, treatment of hazardous
waste was assumed to be based on  the best practical technology (BPT); that
is, waste handling and treatment  is based on proven technology at reasonable
cost, using readily available equipment.  The handling of plant effluents was
designed to have a minimum impact on the local community waste treatment
facility.  Details of the storage concept, treatment requirements, and design
criteria are included in Sections 3 and 4.

Typical Salt Mine

     The technical assessment report (EPA-600/2-75-040) indicated that a room
and pillar type salt mine is the  most suitable mine for the long-term storage
of  hazardous wastes.  An actual mine representing a typical room and pillar
type salt mine in a bedded salt deposit was selected for this study to form a
base from which design, cost estimating, and operating information could be
obtained.  The mine selection criteria identified in the EPA technical assess-
ment report were used for selecting the case mine. The selection process also
considered the availability of design information.  The mine selection pro-
cedure and a description of the selected mine are included in Section 3.

Conceptual Design

     Conceptual design of the surface and subsurface facilities and a des-
cription of their operating plans were necessary for the cost estimation.
The surface facilities include buildings, civil structures, and equipment
necessary for receiving and unloading the waste, for temporary storage and
treatment, and for containerization, staging, and service activities.  The
subsurface facilities include buildings, civil structures, and equipment
necessary for hoisting, transportation, and storage of the waste.  The sub-
surface facilities also include underground service buildings.

     Design of the base case which represents the selected plant capacity and
operating mode was based on the best practical technology, namely the
demonstrated technology of a reasonable cost.  This study also evaluated
three capacities of the same plant concept, an alternative waste type, and an
alternative storage concept.  Criteria for these alternatives  (Cases 1
through 5) are further discussed in Sections 3 and 4.  The design of the
surface and subsurface facilities is described in Section 4.

Cost Estimates and Economic Analysis of Overall Operation

     The cost estimation, based on the conceptual design, includes capital
and operating costs for all activities from receiving the waste at the plant
gate to its emplacement in the mine.  The costs associated with decommission-
ing the facility and long-term liability insurance were also considered.  An
estimating method consistent with the conceptual nature of the design and

-------
operating information was employed for this study.  This included informal
vendor contacts and extrapolation from published data and Bechtel historical
cost data.  All cost data assume first quarter 1977 price and wage levels
for the selected location.

     The capital investment was obtained from the cost summaries of the
buildings, civil structures, equipment, piping, electrical  and control facili'
ties, and mine rehabilitation.  The operating cost was obtained from the
costs of labor and material, and the fixed cost.  The unit cost per ton
(waste management fee) was estimated using discounted cash flow methodology.
Details of the cost estimates -- methodology, criteria, and results -- are
included in Section 5.  Details of the economic analysis are included in
Section 6.

-------
                                  Section 2

                         SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS


     The primary objectives of this study are to provide a conceptual design
of the facilities necessary for long-term storage of hazardous wastes in a
salt mine and to estimate the capital  and operating costs of such a storage
plant.  The major work tasks to accomplish these objectives are:

     •    The development of design and operating criteria
          including waste character, storage concept, treat-
          ment requirements, and selection of the study mine.
     •    A conceptual design of the surface and subsurface
          facilities, preliminary specification of equipment,
          building, and mine rehabilitations, and development
          of a facility operating plan, including an estima-
          tion of material and manpower requirements.
     •    An estimation of the capital  and operating costs of
          the facilities.
     t    An economic analysis of the  storage facility
          operation.

     The results of this study are summarized in this section.  Recommenda-
tions for future study efforts in the  program of underground storage of
hazardous waste are also included.

DESIGN AND OPERATING CRITERIA

     The characteristics of received wastes, the storage concept, and alter-
native study cases are summarized below.

Waste Characterization

     The hazardous wastes considered for this study are classified into four
groups, each of which requires different treatment and handling.   These waste
types are defined as follows:

     •    Type A. Aqueous liquids and  slurries containing
          dissolved hazardous elements, primarily toxic
          heavy metals.   Type A wastes  require chemical
          treatment before dewatering,  containerization,
          and storage.  Type A wastes  include four subtypes:
          chromate waste (A-l), cyanide waste (A-2), acid/
          caustic waste (A-3), and nonreactive waste (A-4).

-------
     •    Type B.   Aqueous and organic sludges containing
          solid hazardous elements.  Type B wastes require
          only pH adjustment and dewatering before contain-
          erization and storage.  Type B wastes include
          acid/caustic sludges (B-l), inorganic sludges (B-2),
          and organic sludges (B-3).

     •    Type C.  Inorganic and organic solids containing
          solid hazardous elements requiring only container-
          ization before storage.

     •    Type D.   Special wastes to be stored on a temporary
          basis at customer request.   These wastes will be re-
          trieved and sent back to the waste generator.  This
          is included to develop cost data associated with
          short-term storage of the waste and its retrieval.

Storage Concept and Alternatives

     Five alternative cases of waste storage were evaluated for this study.
They include three plant capacities of the same hazardous waste composition
(Cases 1, 2, and 3), an alternative waste composition (Case 4), and an al-
ternative storage concept (Case 5).

     The hazardous wastes brought to the plant will be treated to convert
hazardous constituents to solid form, filtered to remove free fluid (water
and oil), containerized (except Case 5), and finally stored in the under*-
ground storage cells for long-term storage (Figure 1).  In Case 5, dewatered
and deoiled hazardous wastes will be mixed with a stabilizing additive (ce-
menting agent) and pumped into the underground storage cells without use of
containers, where the mixture would be cured to form a solid mass.

     In summary, the five alternative cases are:

     •    Case 1 (Base Case).  1,250 tons* per day of Types A,
          B, C, and D are received and reduced to 685 tons per
          day for storage in drums.  Type A is treated, Types
          A and B are filtered, Types A, B, and C wastes are
          containerized.

     t    Case 2 (High-Capacity Case).  1,875 tons per day of
          Type  A, B, C, and D wastes are received and reduced
          to 1030 tons per day for storage in drums.  The waste
          composition, treatment, and containerization are the
          same as those in Case 1.
     * Throughout the report British units are used for clarity.  Conversion
factors for these units to metric units are shown on page xi.

-------
        RECEIVING
        UNLOADING
                     D
         STORAGE
                     D
TRANSFER TO STORAGE CELL

A, B, C, D
          STORE


MONITORING
RAILROAD CARS (TANK, BOX AND DUMP CARS)
TRUCKS (TANK, CONTAINER AND DUMP TRUCKS)
 A1, A2, A3, A4, B (ACID), B (ALKALINE),
 B (INORGANIC), B (ORGANIC),
 C, D STORED SEPARATELY


 TYPE A CHEMICALLY TREATED
                             TYPE B NEUTRALIZED
                            TYPES A AND B DEWATERED
                            TYPES A, B AND C CONTAINERIZED
                             ALL WASTES STORED IN STAGING AREA
                             WASTES HOISTED INTO MINE
                             WASTES TRANSFERED TO STORAGE CELLS
 WASTES STORED
Figure 1.  Storage  of hazardous wastes  in  an underground  mine--
           material  flow chart.

-------
     •     Case 3 (Low-Capacity Case).   188 tons per day of
          Type  A,  B, C,  and D wastes  are received and re-
          duced to  103 tons for storage in drums.   The waste
          composition, treatment, and  containerization are
          the same  as those in Case 1.

     •     Case 4 (Alternative Composition).   600 tons per day
          of Type  B and  C wastes are  received and reduced to
          420 tons  for storage in drums.   The waste composition,
          treatment, and  containerization are the  same as
          those in  Case 1 except the absence of Types A and D.

     •     Case 5 (Non-Container Case). .600  tons per day of
          Type B and C wastes are received and reduced to 420
          tons.  The waste composition is the same as in Case 4.
          Types B and C (370 tons per  day) are mixed with a
          stabilizing additive (11  percent cementizing agent
          on dry weight base) and pumped  into the  underground
          storage cells and cured to form a  solid  mass.   50 tons
          per day of Type C waste delivered  in specified drums
          are stored directly as received and covered with ce-
          mentized  wastes.

FACILITY DESIGN

     The surface facilities of the storage plant will consist primarily of
waste treatment and material handling  facilities in which received wastes are
unloaded, temporarily stored, treated, containerized, and transferred to the
staging area.  Design information based on actual  experience is not availa-
ble at this time.  To develop the conceptual design of the required surface
facilities, numerous assumptions and simplifications had to be made concern-
ing the waste characteristics, chemical and physical properties of the wastes
at various process stages, treatability of the wastes and their intermediate
products, and various reaction rates.

     The conceptual design of the surface facilities presented in this report
allows an order-of-magnitude cost estimation.  The subsurface activity is
primarily material  handling and storage.   Design of the subsurface facilities
is based on an actual mine and its operating information.  In summary, the
surface facilities will include:

     •    Receiving and unloading facilities
     •    Surface facilities for temporary storage
     •    Treatment  (chlorine oxidation,  sulfur dioxide reduc-
          tion, neutralization) and dewatering facilities
     •    Containerization and staging facilities

     The subsurface facilities will include:

     •    Surface loading and lowering
     •    Underground unloading and staging
     t    Hauling to storage area
     •    Storage and monitoring

-------
ECONOMIC EVALUATION

     The capital and operating costs were estimated based on the conceptual
design presented in Section 4 and on first quarter 1977 prices and wages.  An
economic analysis of the plant operation, including estimation of the unit
cost (cost per ton) and sensitivity analysis, was performed.  The capital
costs were estimated based on lists and specifications of equipment, build-
ings, civil structures, and mine rehabilitations.  The operating costs were
estimated from conceptual operating plans, including a list of manpower re-
quirements and an estimation of material requirements.

Unit Cost Per Ton (Waste Management Fee)

     The unit cost per ton (waste management fee) was estimated for all five
alternatives, based on the discounted cash flow net present value methodology.
The unit costs were computed for private and government ownerships.  The
private ownership is based on a 10 percent return on investment, 100 percent
equity, and 48 percent income tax, while the government ownership is based
on a 100 percent financing at 6 percent cost of capital and no income tax.
Results of the unit cost computation (computer calculation) are shown in
Tables 16 through 26 and summarized in Tables 1 and 2.

     Table 1 presents the unit costs for Cases 1, 2, and 3, which treat and
store the same four waste types but at different capacities.  As can be seen,
plant size has significant effects on the unit cost.  In the range considered,
larger capacities yield lower costs.  Table 2 shows the unit costs of Cases
4 and 5 and compares them with the base case costs.  Cases 4 and 5 process
the same two types of wastes (Types B and C), but Case 4 would containerize
the waste, while Case 5 would stabilize the waste to eliminate the containers.
To compare the unit costs of these different storage concepts based on the
same underground storage loading, the base case unit cost was adjusted to
reflect the cost at 126,000 tons per year (420 tons per day).  In the case of
government ownership, the Case 4 unit cost ($187 per ton stored) is almost
twice of the Case 5 unit cost ($102 per ton stored).  The Case 1 unit cost
($298 per ton stored) is almost three times the Case 5 unit cost.  The
sensitivity of plant capacity, mine cost, and cost return on investment to
the unit cost were also analyzed and are presented in Section 6.

Capital Costs

     The capital costs were estimated for all five cases.  The capital costs
include the following items:

     a    Existing mine facilities
     •    Site development
     t    Buildings, civil structures, and mine rehabilitation
     •    Equipment, piping,  electrical, and instrumentation
     •    Engineering service, allowance during construction,
          and contingency

     The summary of the capital  costs is presented in Tables 3 and 4.  Table
3  shows the capital  costs for the five alternative cases.  Table 4 shows the


                                     10

-------
                    TABLE 1.   WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE
                          (UNIT COST PER  TON)
                      OF ALTERNATIVE PLANT SIZES
     Item                       Case 1      Case 2     Case 3
Waste Quantity
Received, tons/yr
Stored, tons/yr
Total Capital ($1000)
Economic Life (Years)

375,000
205,000
90,135
30

562,500
309,000
104,075
20

56,250
30,900
61 ,494
40
Waste Management Fee

   Private Ownership^)

      $/ton of Received Waste    131        117       377
      $/ton of Stored Waste      240        213       686

   Government Ownership^)

      $/ton of Received Waste    101         95       233
      $/ton of Stored Waste      185        173       424
Note:  (1)  Private ownership assumed 10% return  on  investment.
      (2)  Government ownership assumed 6% cost  of  capital.
                                  11

-------
                       TABLE 2.   WASTE  MANAGEMENT  FEE
                             (UNIT COST PER  TON)
                       OF ALTERNATIVE STORAGE  METHODS

Item
Waste Quantity
Received, tons/yr
Stored, tons/yr
Total Capital ($1000)
Economic Life (Years)
Base Case
Case 1

375,000
205,500
90,135
30
Adjusted
Case 1

229,300
126,000
--
--
Case 4

180,000
126,000
68,853
40
Case 5

180,000
126,000
64,041
40
Waste Management Fee

   Private Ownership
$/ton of Received Waste
$/ton of Stored Waste
Government Ownership
$/ton of Received Waste
$/ton of Stored Waste
131
240

101
185
210*
382*

164*
298*
179
257

131
187
118
168

71
102
*  Adjusted to reflect the cost at 126,000 tons  per year (Figure 35).
                                     12

-------
   TABLE  3.   CAPITAL COST SUMMARY OF  FIVE  ALTERNATIVE  CASES
Item
WASTE QUANTITY
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
EXISTING MINE *
NEW SURFACE FACILITY
Site Development
Buildings
Plant Utilities
Process Mechanical Equipment
Process Piping, Electrical & Instrumentation
DIRECT FIELD COST, SURFACE FACILITY
NEW SUBSURFACE FACILITY
Mine Rehabilitation
New Ventilation System
Underground Buildings
Underground Eauipment
DIRECT FIELD COST, SUBSURFACE FACILITY
TOTAL DIRECT FIELD COST
TOTAL INDIRECT FIELD COST
S 6% of TDFC
TOTAL FIELD COST
ALLOWANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION
e is of TFC + $500,000
ENGINEERING SERVICE
9 15% Of TFC
CONTINGENCY
0 25% of TFC
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST
WORKING CAPITAL
S 102 of TCC
TOTAL INVESTMENT
$/Ton Received
$/Ton Stored
Base Case
Case 1
SIOOO's
375,000
205,500
30,000
360
5,966
560
12,428
8,699
28,013
1,749
4,437
231
J.812
8,229
36,242
2,175
38,417
884
5,763
9.604
54,668
5,467
90,135
240
439
Case 2
SIOOO's
562,500
309,000
30,000
406
7,869
714
15,435
11,083
35,905
1,794
4,437
231
2.354
8,816
44,721
2.684
47,405
974
7,111
11,851
67,341
6,734
104,075
185
337
Case 3
$1000's
56,250
30,900
30,000
130
2.322
370
6,064
4,245
13,131
1,614
2,758
111
1.208
5,691
18,822
1,129
19,951
699
2,993
4,988
28,631
2,863
61,494
1,093
1,990
Case 4
SIOOO's
180,000
125,000
30,000
234
3,809
370
6,287
4,401
15,101
1,717
4,437
231
1.312
8,197
23,298
1,398
24,696
747
3,704
6,174
35,321
3,532
68.853
383
551
Case 5
SIOOO's
180,000
126,000
30,000
234
2,976
370
5,136
3,595
12,311
1,614
4,437
231
1,778
8,060
20,371
1,222
21 ,593
716
3,239
5,398
30,946
3,095
64,041
356
508
NOTE:  Number of significant figures may exceed those justified by accuracy of the estimate.
      •See page 107
                                     13

-------
TABLE 4.   CAPITAL COST SUMMARY  OF BASE CASE AND ITS  ALLOCATION  TO TYPES
            A,  B,  C,  AND D  WASTES
Item

HASTE QUANTITY
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
EXISTING MINE COST *
NEW SURfACE FACILITY COST
Site Development
Buildings
Plant Utilities
Process Mechanical Equipment
Process Piping, Electrical & Instrumentation
DIRECT FIELD COST, SURFACE FACILITY
NEW SUBSURFACE FACILITY COST
Mine Rehabilitation
New Ventilation System
Underground Buildings
Underground Equipment
DIRECT FIELD COST, SUBSURFACE FACILITY
TOTAL DIRECT FIELD COST
TOTAL INDIRECT FIELD COST 9 6% of TDFC
TOTAL FIELD COST
ALLOWANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION
@ 1% of TFC + $500,000
ENGINEERING SERVICE
e 151 of TFC
CONTINGENCY
@ 25Z of TFC
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST
WORKING CAPITAL
9 1 OS of TCC
TOTAL INVESTMENT
J/Ton Received
S/Ton Stored
BASE
Total
SlOOO's
375,000
205,500
30,000
360
5,966
560
12,428
8,699
28,013
1,749
4,437
231
1.812
8,229
36,242
2,175
38,417
884
5,763
9.601
54,668
5,467
90,135
240
439
CASE (CASE
Type A
SlOOO's
180,000
64,500
8,775
166
2,656
332
6,646
4,652
14,452
512
1,298
68
530
2,408
16,860
1,012
17,872
412
2.681
4,468
25,433
2,543
36,751
204
570
1)
Type B
SlOOO's
120,000
66,000
8,979
111
1,837
162
4,118
2,882
9,110
523
1,328
69
542
2,462
11,572
694
12,266
283
1,840
3.067
17,456
1,746
28,181
235
427

Type C
SlOOO's
60,000
60,000
8,163
55
1,052
53
1,522
1,065
3,747
476
1,207
53
493
2,239
5,986
359
6,345
145
952
1.586
9,028
903
18,094
302
302

Type_D
SlOOO's
15,000
15,000
4,083
28
421
13
142
100
704
238
604
31
247
1,120
1,824
110
1,934
44
290
483
2,751
275
7,109
474
474
   NOTE:     Number of significant figures shown In this table may exceed those justified by
            accuracy of the estimate.

            • See page 107



                                         14

-------
base case capital cost and its allocation to the waste types  (Types A, B, C,
and D) subjected to different treatments and handlings.  Distribution of the
base case capital cost to the waste types reflects only relative cost for
each waste type and does not imply that each waste type alone will cost the
indicated figure.

Operating Costs

     The operating costs were estimated for all five cases.  The operating
costs include the costs of:

     •    Direct material and labor
     •    Maintenance material and labor
     •    Overhead material and labor
     •    Taxes and insurance, depreciation, and long-term
          liability insurance

     The summary of the operating costs is presented in Tables 5 and 6.
Table 5 shows the operating cost of the five alternative cases.  Table 6
shows the operating cost of the base case and its allocation to the waste
types, which are being subjected to different treatments and handlings.   As
in the capital cost allocation to the waste types, the allocation of the
operating cost reflects only the relative operating cost of each waste type
and does not imply that any one waste, alone, can be stored at the indicated
cost.  The operating cost per ton shown at the bottom of Tables 5 and 6 does
not include the cost of capital and depreciation (and should not be confused
with the unit cost, cost per ton waste management fee computed by discounted
cash flow methodology).

RECOMMENDATIONS

     Based on the findings of this study, the following studies are believed
essential for establishing an effective underground hazardous waste storage
program:

     (1)  Development of a better storage concept than
          that used in the base case -- direct emplace-r
          ment of stabilized (cementized) hazardous wastes.

     (2)  Development of inexpensive waste containers.

     (3)  Identification and characterization of hazardous
          wastes suited for the subsurface storage.

Development of Better Storage Concepts

     As indicated in the cost summary (Table 6), the direct storage of hazar-
dous waste (mixing the waste with a cementizing agent and pumping it into
the underground storage cell where it is cured and converted to a solid mass
filling the entire space) is economically most attractive.   However, the
stabilization (cementizing) of hazardous waste is still in the development
stage and requires further research and development efforts.


                                     15

-------
TABLE  5.    OPERATING  COST  SUMMARY  OF  FIVE ALTERNATIVE  CASES
Item

WASTE QUANTITY
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
TOTAL CAPITAL COST
DIRECT OPERATING COST
RAW MATERIALS & UTILITIES
Chemicals
Drums 4 Pallets
Utilities
DIRECT LABOR
Operating Labor '2)
MAINTENANCE
Labor
Materials
INDIRECT OPERATING COST
ADMINISTRATION & GENERAL OVERHEAD
Labor
Materials
FIXED COST(3)
TAXES AND INSURANCE'3'
? 2% of Plant Cost and $1.10 per ton for
Long Term Liability Insurance
OPERATING COST ^
$/Ton Received ^ '
S/Ton Stored ^
Base Case
Case 1
SlOOO's
375,000
205,500
90,135
1,526
13,395
1,907
16,828
3,695

1,565
3.643
5,208
1,486
337
1.823
2,215
29.769
' 79
145
Case 2
SlOOO's
562,500
309,000
104,075
2,297
20,093
2,724
25,114
4.860

1.908
4,616
6,524
1.889
433
2,322
2.700
41,520
74
134
Case 3
SlOOO's
56,250
30,900
61 .494
230
2,009
352
2,591
1,323

478
1,843
2,321
534
117
651
1,292
8,178
145
265
Case 4
SlOOO's
180.000
126,000
68,853
55
8,225
923
9,203
2,533

1,379
2,021
3,400
1,026
247
1,273
1.575
17.984
100
143
Case 5
SlOOO's
180,000
126,000
64,041
275
0
773
1,048
1,658

914
1,721
2,635
735
165
900
1,479
7.720
43
61
NOTE:  (1)  Number of significant figures shown in  this table may exceed those justified
           by accuracy of the estimate.

       (2)  Labor costs include 30* payroll additive and 8S overtime compensation.

       (3)  Insurance includes SI.10 per ton (0.54/gallon) of received waste for Long Tern
           Liability and other insurances.

       (4)  Cost of Capital  and depreciation Is not Included.
                                             16

-------
TABLE  6.   OPERATING COST SUMMARY  OF THE  BASE CASE  AND ITS ALLOCATION  TO
             TYPES A,  B,  C,  AND D  WASTES 0)
Item

WASTE QUANTITY
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
TOTAL CAPITAL COST
DIRECT OPERATING COST
RAW MATERIALS & UTILITIES
Chemicals
Drums & Pallets
Utilities
DIRECT LABOR
Operating Labor * '
MAINTENANCE
Labor
Materials
INDIRECT OPERATING COST
ADMINISTRATION & GENERAL OVERHEAD
Labor
Materials
FIXED COST
TAXES & INSURANCE '3^
{92% of plant cost and $1.10 per ton for
Long Terra Liability Insurance)
OPERATING COST ^
(4
$/Ton Received v
$/Ton Stored
BASE CASE (CASE
Total
JlOOO's
375,000
205,500
90,135

1,526
13,395
1.907
16,828
3,695
1,565
3.643
5,208

1,486
337
1,823
2,215
29.769
' 79
145
Type A
$1000's
180,000
64,500
36,751

1,471
4,934
1.146
7,551
1,498
574
1 ,859
2,433

652
137
789
933
13,204
73
205
Type 8
$1000's
120,000
66,000
28,181

55
5,030
527
5,612
1,218
474
1,191
1,665

456
103
559
696
9,750
81
148
1)
Type C
SlOOO's
60,000
60,000
18,094

0
3,431
160
3,591
715
345
502
847

252
65
317
428
5,898
98
98

Type D
$1000'S
15,000
15,000
7,109

0
0
74
74
264
172
91
263

126
32
158
158
917
61
61
      NOTE:     (1) Number of significant figures shown in this table may exceed those justified by
                   accuracy of the estimate.

               (2) Labor rate includes 302 payroll additive (fringe benefits) and 8% overtime compensation.

               (3) Insurance includes $1.10 per ton (0.5
-------
     There have been several studies (Ref. 2, 3 and 4) on stabilization of
hazardous wastes to convert the waste into an insoluble or very low soluble
form.   However, past studies have generally emphasized the development of a
solid with a minimal leachate problem.   Most of the available data, therefore,
are the results of various leaching tests.  Interests in the waste stabili-
zation associated with underground waste storage are somewhat different from
those associated with the surface land disposal.  That is, for underground
storage, handling and engineering properties are more important, while for
surface land disposal, the primary concern is leaching of hazardous constit-
uents.

     Although its economic attractiveness has been demonstrated, further
technical evaluations are required to confirm the feasibility of storing
hazardous waste in mines without containers.  Major objectives of such a
study should include:

     t    Finding proper stabilization additive
     •    Finding optimum additive dosage
     •    Development of various process design criteria
     •    Development of engineering data of the mixture
          at the various process stages

     Some of the specific questions needed to be answered to confirm the
technical feasibility of the concept are:

     •    Can the cured mass be used to form a dike of
          a few feet to retain the wet mixture during the
          curing process?

     •    Can the cured mass support heavy equipment?

     t    Can the mixture be pumped?

Development of Inexpensive Waste Containers

     The 55-gallon, 16 gauge steel drum container was selected for this study
because its use is proven technology; however, at $22 each, the drum cost is
over $70 per ton of the stored waste.  Less expensive containers may be
feasible, such as a heavy duty wood box with plastic lining.  Use of a wood
box, however, will require testing for applicability.  If the containeri-
zation of the waste were to be practiced, use of a container other than a
steel  drum should be explored.  Testing for applicability of a container may
include tests for structural integrity (drop test, puncture test, compression
test,  etc.) handleability, and resistance to corrosion, fire, and shear.

Identification and Characterization of Waste to Be Stored

     Not all hazardous wastes are suited for underground storage.  Some of
the wastes considered hazardous may be better incinerated, while some of the
others may be disposable in a secured surface landfill.

     In many parts of the country, finding a secured on-land disposal site


                                     18

-------
for hazardous wastes is a very difficult problem and underground mine space
can be very attractive for hazardous waste management.  Underground mine
space is a valuable resource and should not be misused by storing wastes
that could be readily disposed of by other means.

     Presently, the characteristics of hazardous wastes are poorly defined,
and their quantities are not well inventoried.  However, investigations are
in progress in several states to develop pertinent data, which should be
available within a year.  This information should be reviewed to define:

     t    A list of hazardous wastes suited for under-
          ground storage.  This may depend on the specific
          mine in the given region.

     •    The characteristics of the wastes to be stored as
          they are generated at the source and as they are
          received at the plant.
                                     19

-------
                                  Section 3

                          DESIGN BASIS OF THE STUDY


     This section presents the design basis of this study, including descrip-
tions of the quantity and characteristics of the wastes to be stored, the
methodologies of waste treatment, handling, and storage, and the physical
requirements of the storage site.  A brief description of the methodology
used in selecting the actual subject mine is presented, along with a detailed
description of the mine itself.  The selected mine is a typical room and
pillar salt mine in a bedded salt deposit, but specific information that
would reveal its name and location has been avoided.

     The only known practice of underground storage of hazardous wastes is
at Herfa-Neurode in West Germany.  At the present time, that operation is a
simple storage facility without treatment or recontainerization of received
wastes.  No attempt is made to convert the wastes to a more stable form.  The
operation is gradually improving through trial and error.  It was decided
that although the German experience is valuable for this study, a fresh
approach based on the trend of U.S. waste management practices would be
developed.

     The characteristics of hazardous wastes to be received at the storage
plant were formulated based on the current U.S. hazardous waste management
practice and its potential changes.  The characteristics of stored wastes
were developed based on the concept of long-term environmental protection and
the use of the best practical technology in the treatment and handling of
the received wastes.

WASTE CHARACTERISTICS AND QUANTITY

     In the report to Congress on hazardous waste disposal by the U.S. EPA
(Ref. 5) June 30, 1973, the hazardous waste is defined as:

          "Any waste or combination of wastes which pose a
          substantial present or potential hazard to human
          health or living organisms because such wastes are
          lethal, undegradable, persistent in nature, biologi-
          cally magnified, or otherwise cause or tend to cause
          detrimental cumulative effects.  General categories
          of nonradioactive hazardous waste are toxic chemicals;
          flammable, explosive and biological.  These wastes
          can take the form of solids, sludges, liquids, or
          gases."
                                     20

-------
     In an attempt to determine the characteristics and quantities of hazard-
ous  wastes to be handled at the storage plant, a series of reports  (Ref. 6
through 11) issued on the studies of the National Disposal Site concept,
and the reports (Refs. 12 through 24) on the Assessment of Industrial Hazard-
ous Waste Practices have been reviewed.  In addition, the reports (Refs. 25
through 28) on hazardous waste management practice in the State of California
were also reviewed.

     It is apparent from these reports that the characteristics of hazardous
wastes are not well identified, and their quantity and source distribution
have not yet been inventoried.  It is recognized that the characteristics
and quantities of hazardous wastes will change considerably in the near
future, governed by many complex and uncertain factors, including:

     •    Local and state hazardous waste management programs
     •    Federal regulations on hazardous waste management to
          be promulgated under the Resource Conservation and
          Recovery Act of 1976
     •    Changes in manufacturing and waste treatment processes
     •    Location of storage  (or disposal) site
     •    Criteria of design and operation of disposal (or
          storage) facility

     The majority of hazardous wastes in the United States is generated by
industry.  Due to the differences in the manufacturing processes, local law,
and availability of disposal sites, the characteristics and quantities of
hazardous wastes differ  from plant to plant in a given industry.  Even for a
given plant, waste characteristics and quantities are expected to change as
new regulations and standards are enforced.

     At present, hazardous waste management practices (generation, trans-
portation, treatment, and disposal) are controlled at the state level.  How-
ever, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976  (Public Law 94-580)
makes hazardous waste management a federal responsibility.  Many new regu-
lations and standards controlling hazardous waste management are to be
promulgated before April 21, 1978.  The Act also requires the U.S. EPA to
develop and promulgate criteria for identifying the characteristics of
hazardous wastes and for listing hazardous wastes before April 21, 1978.

     As in the case of the wastewater management practice under the Federal
Water Pollution Control  Act of 1972, each state is expected to develop a
hazardous waste management program in lieu of the federal program and will
be authorized to issue and enforce permits for storage, treatment, and dis-
posal of hazardous wastes.  Because of the strong dependence of hazardous
waste disposal on local  climatic and geological conditions, different states
may have different approaches to the disposal of hazardous wastes.  Accord-
ingly, industrial plants of the same type in different states may be re-
quired to handle their hazardous waste differently and produce chemically
and physically different wastes.

     The reports on the  Assessment of  Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices
(Refs. 12 through 24) showed an approximate estimate of various hazardous


                                      21

-------
waste quantities.  This is summarized in Appendix A.

     As shown in Appendix A, the quantities and characteristics of hazardous
wastes vary considerably from state to state and region to region, depending
on their industrial distribution.  An extensive survey will be required to
inventory the sources and to determine accurately the quantity presently
generated in any given region.  The State of California has just started such
an inventory of the statewide hazardous waste sources and their character-
istics.

     The cost of storing these hazardous wastes will also affect the quan-
tities and characteristics of the waste received at the storage plant.  Dis-
posal or reprocessing at the industrial source eliminates transportation
cost, and some industries may find this advantageous.  This would eliminate
or reduce the need for storing the hazardous wastes at the storage plant.

     The storage of hazardous wastes in underground mines generally requires
chemical and physical treatment of these hazardous wastes to reduce the
volume or to convert to more stable form,  The majority of known hazardous
wastes are a mixture of many compounds, and the hazardous constituents are
usually a very minor portion of the total waste.  Thus, both treatment and
storage techniques are dictated as much or more by the nonhazardous components
as by the hazardous constituents.

     From these considerations, it was decided that the waste characteristics
to be used for this study should be of a general nature reflecting a wide
range of waste types and their possible change with time, but also specific
enough to reveal different handling requirements.

     For this study, hazardous wastes were classified into groups that would
be subjected to similar treatment and handling during their receiving and
unloading, chemical treatment, dewatering, containerization, stabilization,
and storage.

Haste Characteristics Selected for the Study

     Hazardous wastes to be handled at the storage site are classified into
four types.  In formulating the waste classification, the following general
criteria were considered:

     •    All known hazardous wastes should be included except
          those which cannot be stored because of their volatility
          and explosiveness.
     •    Waste should be classified into groups that will be
          representative of the current hazardous wastes and
          future changes as new regulations are enforced.
     •    Wastes should be classified according to the needs
          of common treatment and handling so that appropriate
          costs will be charged to the customers storing
          different wastes.
     •    Possible alternative modes of waste storage operation
          should be considered in the waste classification.


                                      22

-------
     The classification of hazardous wastes into four types and further
grouping of each type into subgroups was not intended to represent the true
and accurate classification of what might be handled at a centralized
hazardous waste storage plant, but only to represent a reasonable classifi-
cation to allow development of realistic cost information for handling
different types of hazardous wastes.

     The classification of hazardous wastes into different types, each
being subject to specific treatment and handling, also provides the EPA
with comparative cost information that will be useful in their future pursuits
and planning of the underground storage concept.

     Hazardous wastes to be stored in the underground storage facility are
classified into the following four types.

     •    Type A, aqueous liquids and slurries
     •    Type B, aqueous and organic sludges
     •    Type C, inorganic and organic solids
     •    Type D, special liquid and solid wastes
          requiring retrieval

     Type A, Aqueous Liquids and Slurries.  Type A includes liquid and slurry
hazardous wastes requiring chemical treatment followed by precipitation,
dewatering, and containerization.  This type of hazardous waste contains
toxic inorganic constituents, primarily heavy metals such as cadmium, copper,
zinc, lead, mercury, nickel, manganese, arsenic, antimony, selenium, and  be-
ryllium.

     Concentrated liquid waste such as spent plating solution from an elec-
troplating industry is a typical example of this type waste.  Currently,  many
industries producing this type of hazardous waste use the services of small
private hazardous waste management firms that haul  these wastes to collective
treatment or disposal  sites.

     Type A wastes are further divided into four subgroups requiring
different treatments:

     •    Type A-l. Chromate Waste. Wastes containing hexavalent
          chromium, which requires sulfur dioxide (S02)  reduction
          before precipitation of heavy metals and  subsequent
          dewatering.
     •    Type A-2. Cyanide Waste. Wastes containing cyanides,
          which require chlorine (C^) oxidation before  pre-
          cipitation of heavy metals and subsequent dewatering.
     •    Type A-3, Acidic and Caustic Liquids and  Slurries.
          Liquid and slurry wastes requiring neutralization
          before precipitation of heavy metals and  dewatering.
     •    Type A-4, Nonreactive Mixed Waste.  Liquid and  slurry
          wastes containing heavy metals, requiring only pre-
          cipitation and dewatering.

     A likely composition of Type A wastes, shown in Table 7, was approxi-


                                      23

-------
                 TABLE 7. COMPOSITION  OF HAZARDOUS LIQUID AND SLURRY WASTES
Type A-1 Type A-2
Chroma te Wastes Cyanide Wastes
(Ibs/Day) (Ibs/Day)
Cr03 5,000 NaCN 5,000
H2S04
HC1
M(S04)x**
Organics
H20

5,000 NaOH 10,000
1,000 Na2C03 3,000
4,500 M(Cl)x 7,700
500 H20 174,300
184,000

200,000 200,000
Type A- 3
Acid/Caustic Wastes
(Ibs/Day)
HC1 5,000 NaOH 8,000
H2S04 5,000
HN03 1,000
H3P04 1,000
M(S04)x 22,800
Organics 500
H20 164,700
200,000
Na2C03 2,000
M(OH)x 8,000
Si02 1,000
Organics 3,000
H20 178,000

200,000
Type A-4
Non-Reactive Wastes
(Ibs/Day)
NaCl 10,000
CaC12 13,000
M(S04)x 17,000
H20 360,000



400,000
*This is  an approximate waste composition used to  compute the chemical  requirement 1n Type A waste treatment of
 Base Case.
**M refers to metal ions including hazardous constituents.

-------
mated from the characteristics of hazardous liquid wastes presently being
received by established hazardous waste management firms  (Ref. 9).  The
composition is not intended to represent a true average of what might be re-
ceived at the storage plant, but only reflects a realistic approximation
used for carrying out this study.

     Sources of Type A wastes may include small electroplating industries,
textile industries, tanneries, electronic component manufacturers, and others
who find it advantageous to send their liquid and slurry wastes (concentra-
ted wastewaters) to underground storage sites.

     Type B, Aqueous and Organic Sludges. Type B wastes include hazardous
sludge wastes, requiring only dewatering and pH adjustment (B-l)  before con-
tainerization and storage.  Toxic sludges from industrial wastewater treat-
ment plants are typical of this type hazardous waste.  Type B wastes are sub-
divided into acid/caustic sludge  (B-l), inorganic sludge  (B-2), and organic
sludge  (B-3) for the purpose of separate handling and  separate storage.

     The sources of inorganic sludges include battery  industries, inorganic
chemical industries, metal smelting and refining industries, electroplating
industries, and machine manufacturing industries.  The source of  sludges con-
taining toxic organic residue and organic solvents includes organic chemical
industries, paint and allied product industries, pharmaceutical industries,
and rubber and plastic industries.  Some of these sludges (B-l) will be either
acidic  or caustic when received at the storage plant and will require neu-
tralization.

     Type C,  Inorganic and Organic Solids. Type C wastes  include  those
hazardous solid wastes requiring  no treatment and no dewatering prior to
containerization.  Type C wastes may be the same wastes as Type B, except
they are dewatered.  Toxic solid wastes such as rejected  battery  products
and pesticide containers are also included in this type of hazardous waste.
Some of Type C wastes will be delivered to the storage plant already con-
tainerized.  Type C wastes delivered in bulk quantity  will be containerized
before  the underground storage.

     Type D, Special Waste for Retrieval. Type D includes hazardous wastes
brought to the plant for temporary storage.  These wastes will be stored
for a given period and retrieved  to be returned to the owner.  These wastes
will be delivered to the site containerized in specified  containers, which
will maintain their integrity during storage.  Type D  waste was included in
this study only to obtain cost information on the retrieval operation.  In-
clusion of Type D waste does not  imply that this operation is recommended,
nor likely to occur at an actual  storage plant,

PLANT CAPACITIES

     Determination of the plant capacity based on actual  market conditions
of the  storage service was impossible at this time.

     Hazardous waste of 1,250 ton per day  (TPD) capacity  (as received) was
selected as the base case  (Case 1) for this study.  This  represents approxi-


                                      25

-------
mately 685 TPD of hazardous waste stored in the underground mine after de-
watering.  The 685 TPD capacity selected for the base case represents the
capacity of the existing hoisting system during normal two-shift operation
of the selected salt mine facility.

     To evaluate the sensitivity of plant capacities on the design of the
storage facility and the capital and operating costs, two additional plant
capacities -- one higher and one lower than the base case -- were also in-
cluded in the study.  The high-capacity case (Case 2) receives 1,875 TPD
of hazardous wastes and stores 1,030 TPD, while the lower capacity case
(Case 3) receives 188 TPD and stores 103 TPD.  The proportions of the Type A,
B, C, and D wastes in Case 2 and Case 3 are the same as that of the base
case.

     The 1,030 TPD storage (Case 2) represents an upper limit based on three-
shift operation of the existing hoisting system operated at 75 percent of the
design capacity.  The 103 TPD storage (Case 3) represents a low capacity of
one-shift operation of all underground facilities.

     The quantities of Type A, B, C, and D wastes received and stored for
Cases 1, 2, and 3 are shown in Table 8.   The proportions of Type A, B, C, and
D wastes shown in Table 8 were selected to study the sensitivity of the waste
types on design of the plant facility and the capital and operating costs.
For the base case, approximately equal storage loadings (215 TPD, 220 TPD,
and 200 TPD) were selected for the Type A, B, and C wastes, respectively.
This includes 65 TPD and 20 TPD of solids resulting from evaporation of Type
A waste filtrates and Type B waste filtrates.  The 50 TPD loading of Type D
waste was selected to develop cost data for a small but reasonable retrieval
operation in conjunction with the long-term storage of Type A, B, and C
wastes.  Cases 4 and 5, shown in Table 8, are for different modes of opera-
tion than Cases 1, 2, and 3, as discussed in the following section.

WASTE STORAGE CONCEPT

     General criteria considered in formulating the concept of storing
hazardous wastes in salt mine openings are as follows:

     •    Waste storage will be long-term storage without
          planned retrieval of stored waste, except certain
          types of waste that may be stored temporarily.
     •    Retrieval of the long-term stored waste will be con-
          sidered only when an extreme emergency occurs and
          no other alternative is available.
     •    To assure the long-term environmental protection
          and to prevent the need of retrieving the long-
          term stored waste, all wastes brought to the plant
          will be converted to the most stable chemical and
          physical forms using the best practical technology.
     •    The stored waste will not contain any substance
          that could generate toxic fumes, fire, hazardous
          vapor, or explosive material.
     t    The storage operation will include all activities


                                      26

-------
                                TABLE  8.   WASTE  COMPOSITION  OF ALTERNATIVE CASES
ro
Type A, TPD Received
TPD Stored
Type B, TPD Received
TPD Stored
Type C, TPD Received
TPD Stored
Type D, TPD Received
TPD Stored
Solids From Wastewater
Evaporation, TPD Stored
Total Received
Total Stored
Case 1
600
150
400
200
200
200
50
50
85*
1250
685
Case 2
900
225
600
300
300
300
75
75
130
1875
1030
Case 3
90
22
60
30
30
30
8
8
13
188
103
Case 4
0
0
400
200
200
200
0
0
20
600
420
Case 5
0
0
400
200
200
200

20
600
420
                 *85 TPD wastewater solids include 65  TPD from Type A and 20 TPD from Type  B wastes.

-------
          from waste receiving at the gate to waste emplace-
          ment in underground storage cells.  Transport to the
          plant site is not included  in this study, except
          formulating reasonable modes of transport methods.
     •    All wastes brought to the plant will be stored,
          except the clean condensate from the filtrate
          evaporation.
     •    There will be no effluent from the plant, except
          sanitary wastewater and clean runoffs.
     •    The selected storage method will provide long-term
          environmental protection without perpetual mainte-
          nance of the stored materials.
     •    The selected storage method will use the available
          space effectively.
     •    The stored material will be inventoried to identify
          the waste type, quantity, and storage location, in
          case retrieval becomes necessary.

     These criteria dictate that hazardous wastes brought to the plant have
to be treated to precipitate any dissolved hazardous constituents and then
dewatered.   In addition, if the waste contains a  component that may generate
toxic fumes, the waste must be treated to remove  or destroy the component.
Cyanide, for example, must undergo chloride oxidation followed by lime pre-
cipitation and filtration.

     The criteria also dictate that the waste cannot be disposed of indis-
criminately  into mine openings, but it has to be  stored in a systematic
manner to allow controlled handling, segregated storage of different wastes,
short-term maintenance of stored waste, inventorying of the stored waste,
and long-term protection of the environment.  To  meet these criteria, it was
decided to containerize the wastes in all study cases, except Case 5, in
which the waste is cementized instead of containerized.

     The container should be a type that can be readily obtained and suited
for the required handling.  The container should  also be a type that can be
stacked to an average of 21 feet.  It was concluded that for this study,
open-top, 16 gauge, epoxy-lined 55-gallon steel drums will be used for con-
tainerization of all wastes.

     In summary, the waste received at the storage plant will be treated to
convert hazardous elements into relatively insoluble forms, then filtered to
remove free water, and finally containerized in 55-gallon steel drums.  The
waste in steel drums will then be hoisted into the mine on pallets, each con-
taining four drums.  The pallets will be transferred to the storage cell
where they will be stacked to an average height of 21 feet.  Details of the
design and operation are included in Section 4.

ALTERNATIVE STORAGE CONCEPTS

     During the course of this study, it became apparent that Type A waste
requires a complicated and extensive chemical treatment facility.  In fact,
proper handling of Type A waste would make the facility resemble a waste


                                      28

-------
treatment operation more than a storage operation.

     To evaluate the concept of receiving only non-liquid  (residue) types
of hazardous wastes, a special case  (Case 4) where only Type B and C wastes
are handled is included in this study.  Operation of Case  4 will be the same
as that of the base case, except that  it would require no  chemical treatment
and thereby would reduce the surface activity considerably.

     It also became apparent that the  container cost will  be a major item of
the overall operating cost, and any  storage method that eliminates the need
of containerization would be very attractive.

     To explore the possibility of eliminating containerization, several
presently available waste stabilization methods (solidification) were reviewed
and one of these stabilization methods  (Case 5) is included in this study.  In
Case 5, the non-liquid wastes  (Types B and C) will be dewatered, mixed with a
stabilizing additive, and then pumped  into the storage cell area in the mine.
Details of these alternative cases  (Cases 4 and 5) are included in Section
4.  The types of waste received and  stored, and concepts of the five different
cases are summarized in Table  9.

MINE SELECTION AND  DESCRIPTION OF SELECTED MINE

Mine Selection

     One of the study tasks was to examine and evaluate existing salt mines
to select one specific typical salt  mine suitable for the  storage of hazard-
ous waste.  The selected mine  was used as a base from which design and cost
information was obtained.  To  prevent  potential adverse public reaction, the
study mine has not  been identified.  Due to the limited time and budget, the
selection procedure was to be  based  on readily available information without
actual site surveys of the mines being considered.  A summary of the mine
selection procedures and a description of the selected mine are presented
be1ow.

      In the EPA technical assessment report, 17 salt mines were identified.
In this study, all  17 were evaluated to select a typical salt mine suitable
for waste storage.  The selection of the study mine involved a two-step
evaluation:   (1) screening of  the mines based on general non-geologic selec-
tion criteria and  (2) final selection  based on specific geologic criteria.
These two criteria  groups are  as follows;

     •    General  Criteria  (physical,  social, and economic factors);

          1.   Suitability of  mine  (availability of suitable space)
          2.   Availability of information  (maps and design information)
          3.   Availability of surface land
          4.   Distance to waste source
          5.   Accessibility  to mine
          6.   Compatability with other resource development  (oil, gas,
               coal, etc.)
                                      29

-------
                 TABLE 9.  LOADING  AND TREATMENT SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE  STUDY CASES
CO
o
Case 1
Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Case 5
Waste Received
TPD
1250
1875
188
600
600
Waste Stored
TPD
685
1030
103
420
420
Storage Concept

Type A treated, Types A&3 filtered,
Types A, B &C containerized,
Types A, B, C &D stored.
Same as Case 1, except total
plant capacity.
Same as Cases 1 and 2, except
plant capacity.
Same as Case 1 except, Types A
are not included.
Same as Case 4 except waste is

total
& D
stabilized
                                                                   (cementized) and stored directly into mine
                                                                   space.

-------
     t    Specific Criteria:

          1.    Dryness of mine
          2.    Imperviousness of associated seams
          3.    Isolation from aquifers
          4.    Structural stability of mine
          5.    Reactivity of mineral
          6.    Homogeneity of mineral
          7.    Seismicity of area
          8.    Faulting of area
          9.    Competence and strength of mine
         10.    Alteration and dissolution of mineral
         11.    Depth of mine
         12.    Inclination of seam
         13.    Erosion potential
         14.    Thickness of seam
         15.    Distribution of seam
         16.    Relief
         17.    Access to mine
         18.    Glaciation
         19.    Inundation

     The above criteria are those suggested in the technical  assessment re-
port.  The mine evaluation was based on Bechtel information and staff experi-
ence of the subcontractor, a large salt producing company, together with in-
formal contacts with salt industry personnel.   It should be recognized that
the mine selection procedure used in this study is of a preliminary nature.
Much more information based on actual survey data will  be required if actual
selection of storage sites were to be carried out.  The results of the evalu-
ation are summarized based on general criteria in Table 10 and based on
specific criteria in Table 11.

     In the mine screening process, rating scales of favorable (F), marginal
(M), unacceptable (U), and not determined (X)  were used for both general  and
specific criteria evaluation.  In the general  criteria  evaluation, a mine
receiving an  unfavorable rating in any category was eliminated from further
consideration.  All  mines with more than one marginal  classification were
provisionally eliminated from consideration, to be considered only if all
other mines were later eliminated.  Table 10 summarizes the results of this
initial evaluation.

     The eight mines remaining after the general criteria evaluation were
further considered in the second evaluation step based on the specific geo-
logic  criteria.  As in the initial screening, all mines with an unfavorable
rating were eliminated from further consideration, and those with more than
two marginal   ratings were provisionally eliminated.  Table 11 summarizes the
results of the evaluation of the eight mines based on the specific criteria.

     The three mines  (Mines No. 2, 7 and 14) not eliminated at this point
were considered acceptable for storing hazardous waste.  All three remaining
mines are of  room and pillar type.  Mines No. 2 and 7 are of bedded salt,
while Mine No. 14 is of dome salt.  Any one of the three mines could have


                                      31

-------
                      TABLE  10.   EVALUATION  OF  CANDIDATE  MINES  BASED  ON  GENERAL  CRITERIA
CO
rv>
General Criteria
Suitability of Mine
Availability of Information
Availability of Surface Land
Distance to Haste Sources
Accessability
Compatability with Other
Resource Development
Summary

Mine Number


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 5 16 17
M
M
X
F
X
X
M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
X
M
X
M
X
X
M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
X
U
X
F
X
X-
u
X
U
X
F
X
X
U
X
U
X
F
X
X
U
X
U
X
F
X
X
U
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
X
U
X
U
X
X
U
X
M
X
M
X
X
M
X
M
X
M
X
X
M
                 F - Favorable
M = Marginal
U = Unacceptable
X = Not Determined

-------
TABLE 11.  EVALUATION OF CANDIDATE MINES BASED ON SPECIFIC CRITERIA
Mine Number
Specific Criteria 2356 7 8 13 14
1 . Dry ness of Mine
2. Imperviousness
3. Isolation
4. Structural Stability
5. Reactivity of Mineral
6. Homogeneityof Mineral
7. Seismicityof Area
8. Faulting of Area
9. Competence &
Strength
10. Alteration &
Dissolution
11. Depth of Sestn
12. Inclination of 'Seam
13. Erosion Potential
14. Thickness of' Spam,
15. Distribution Of Seam
16. Relief
17. Access tnMinp
18. Glaciation
19. Inundation
F
M
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
M
M
F
F
F

M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
F

M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
M
M
M
F
F
F
F

M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
M
F
F
M
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
M
F
M
M
F
F
F

M
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
M
F
F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Summary F M M M F M M F
F = Favorable M = Marginal U = Unfavorable
                                 33

-------
been selected as a typical salt mine acceptable for the storage of hazardous
waste; however, Mine No. 7 had the most available information, and with the
approval of the EPA Project Officer, Mine No. 7 was selected for the study.

General Description of Selected Mine

     All mine design and economic information used in this study is based on
an actual mine selected for this study.  To prevent potential adverse public
reaction, the study mine is not identified and an effort was made to modify
the mine description so that the identity of the mine would not be revealed.
However, the modification of the mine description is so handled that impor-
tant characteristics of the selected mine are accurately described.

Geology --

     The geology of bedded salt deposits is adequately discussed elsewhere
(Ref.  1).  To provide a reference for understanding the geology of the waste
storage site, a brief description of the geology of the Michigan Basin and of
a salt mine operating in the basin is presented.  This should be treated as
background data and is not site specific to the study.

     The general character of the geologic province is that of a basin typi-
cally  covered with a thick blanket of glacial drift. Rock units from each
division of the Paleozoic era, Cambrian through Pennsylvanian, are represen-
ted as shown in Table 12.  These layers, representing the various Paleozoic
divisions, are situated in the basin similar to a stack of spoons of decreas-
ing size (see Figure 2).

     Mining occurs in the Salina group of the Silurian Period.  This sequence
of carbonate, shale* and evaporite rock is divided into a series of forma-
tions  (Table 12).  Although numerous salt units are included in these forma-
tions, only one is presently mined.  A stratigraphic column of the shaft
area of an operating mine located in the Michigan Basin is shown in Figure 3.

     In the basin itself, there are extensive oil and gas bearing rocks both
above  and below the Salina.  The bulk of the oil has come from carbonate
rocks  of the Devonian period, with less amounts from Ordovician and Silurian
carbonates.  Most gas production as been from Mississippian sandstones and
to some extent from Ordovician and Silurian carbonates.

Hydrological --

     The unconsolidated overburden of glacial drift ranges from 80 to 120
feet thick in the vicinity of the mine.  The drift is primarily clay with
thin and limited sand and gravel  horizons.  Water yields are small, quite
hard,  sulfurous, and often gassy (hydrogen sulfide).  The rock units immedi-
ately  below the glacial  drift are heavy water producers.  A water bearing
sandstone at the 550 to 650 foot level  would require special attention in
terms  of shaft grouting.  Shaft sinking through these zones has experienced
water problems, which, while not insurmountable, have slowed progress and
escalated costs.
                                     34

-------
TABLE 12.  GENERAL STRATIGRAPHIC SECTION OF THE MICHIGAN BASIN
SYSTEMS, SERIES
TLEISTOCENE
PERMO-CARBONIFEROU3
FENNSYLVANIAN
KISSISSIPPIAN
DEVONIAN


SILURIAN


OBDOVICIAN

02ARKIAN
OR
CANADIAN
CAMBRIAN
FORMATION, CROUP
Glacial Drift
Red-Beds
Grand River
Saginav
Bay Port
Michigan
Michigan Stray
Marshall
Colduater
Sunbury
Berea-Bedford
Ellsworth- An trim
Traverse
Bell
Roger City-Dunde'e
Detroit River
Sylvania
Bois Blanc
Bass Island
Salina
Niagaran
Cataract
Cincinnatlan
Trenton-Black River
St. Peter
Tralrie Du Chien
Heraansville
Lake Superior
LITHOLOCY
Sand .Gravel , Clay .boulder .ttarl
Shale ,Clay, Sandy Shale, gypsum
Sandstone , sandy, shale
Shale , Sand stone, line stone ,coal
Limestone, Sandv or Cherty
Liaestone , Sandstone
Shale, gypsun, anhydrite, sands tone
Sandstone
Sandstone, sandy shale
Shale, sand stone, limes tone
Shale
Sandstone, Shale
Shale, limestone
Limes tone , Shale
Shale, limes tone
Limestone
1 Dolocite, limes tone, salt, anhydrite
Sandstone, Sandy Dolomite
Dolomite, Cherty Dolomite
Dolomite
Salt , Dolomite, shale , anhydrite
Dolomite, lines tone, shale
Shale, Dolomite
Shale .Limestone
Limestone , Dolomite
Sandstone
Dolomite .shale
Dolomite, Sandy Dolomite,
s.indstone
Sandstone
THICK-
NESS
0-1000

80-95
20-535
2-100
0-500
0-80
100-400
500-1100
0-140
0-325
100-950
100-800
0-SO
0-475
150-1400
0-550
0-1000
50-570
50-4000
75-600
50-200
250-800
200-1000
0-150
0-410
15-500
200-2000
                              35

-------
CO
01
                                    \\'/^u
                                    -•-*'  /   X \  f
                            Figure 2.   General cross  section of  the Michigan  basin.

-------
            0-22.3m (0-73 FT)

        22.3-25.3m (73-83 FT)


       25.3-44.5m (83-146 FT)

      44.5-96.3m (146-316 FT)

     96.3-102.1m (316-335 FT)
    102.1-113.7m (335-373 FT)
    113.7-128.Om (373-420 FT)

    128.0-162.5m (420-533 FT)


    162.5-200.3m (533-657 FT)
    200.3-267.3m (657-877 FT)
    267.3-292.6m (877-960 FT)
    292. 6-295.7m (960-970 FT)
  295.7-310.9ra (970-1,020 FT)
310.9-317.Om  (1,020-1,040 FT)
317.0-338.3m  (1,040-1,110 FT)
338.3-347.5m  (1,110-1,140 FT)
347.5-408.Om (1,140-1,339 FT)
408.1-415.7m  (1,339-1,364 FT)
415.7-438.Om  (1,364-1,437 FT)
438.0-550.5m  (1,437-1,806 FT)
                                -it
                                        \
 UNCONSOLIDATED ALLUVIUM - CLAY

-UNCONSOLIDATED ALLUVIUM - CLAY
   &  SAND WITH WATER

 DUNDEE LIMESTONE WATER-BEARING
                                           LUCAS DOLOMITE WATER-BEARING
                                             DOLOMITE CONGLOMERATE
                                        » — AMHKRSTBKRG DOLOMITE
                                        • — ANDERSON LIMESTONE
                                        — FLAT  ROCK DQLOH £TE

                                        — SYLVANIA SANDSTONE
                                             WATER-BEARING
                                                  RIVER DOLOMITE SILURIAN
                                             SALINA GROUP
                                           BASS ISLAND SERIES (DOLOMITE)
                                          VMLXED SALT AND LIMESTONE
                                          ^ROCK SALT
                                          -MIXED SALT AND LIMESTONE
                                          -ROCK SALT
                                           MIXED SALT AND LIMESTONE
                                          -ROCK SALT - MINED INTERVAL
                                           MIXED SALT AND LIMESTONE
                                          -ROCK SALT
                                          - LIMESTONE
                                           SALT
            Figure  3.   Stratigraphic  column of  the shaft  area.
                                     37

-------
     Below 650 feet, water is generally not encountered and presents no
problems.  Some water had been encountered during mining, coming from the
contact between the salt bed and the overlying unit.  The occurrences, how-
ever, appeared to be local concentrations and dissipated with time.

     Although permeable water-bearing strata exist above and below the mine
level, impermeable shale and salt beds form effective hydraulic barriers.
Migration of water is not a problem in the mine area.

Sociological --

     The selected mine is conveniently located near a major metropolitan area
with a heavy industrial output.  Above and adjacent to the mine is a mixture
of a blue collar residential area and light and heavy industry.  Direct
access to the mine is provided by several railroads and interstate highways.
In addition, the site is a short distance from a large airport.

Specific Description of Selected Mine

Mine History --

     Mining of the selected mine began over 50 years ago in a bed of salt
at a depth of approximately 1,400 feet.  The seam thickness ranges from 25
to 30 feet.  A layer of salt is left on both the floor and the roof of the
seam to seal it.  The thickness actually mined varied from 18 to 27 feet
over the life of the mine.  During this mining activity, an extensive set of
monitoring devices has been installed in the mine.  These include convergence
gauges and dilation pins.  The ongoing monitoring program has established
that the mine is stable, and there have been no significant changes in the
mine environment since the initiation of mining.  Two shafts provide access
to the mine.  The production shaft is a 16 foot diameter, concrete-lined
shaft divided into four compartments, two hoisting compartments and two ser-
vice compartments.  The second shaft, a man and service shaft, is a 4- by
8-foot rectangular, concrete-lined shaft, divided into two compartments.

Mine Layout and Current Activity --

     The mining method is conventional room and pillar.  Rooms of 60 feet wide
with a ceiling height of from 18 to 27 feet are mined at the end of a long
gallery, up to several thousand feet long.  At regular intervals along the
gallery are huge pillars of rock salt 60 by 80 feet, which are the sole
means of supporting the roof.  Using this system, about 65 percent of the
salt is extracted.  Several feet of salt are left to preserve the roof and
several inches to preserve the floor.

     The first step in mining is undercutting.  A self-propelled universal
undercutter carves a slot six inches high and ten feet deep at the base of
the deposit and across the entire room.  This kerf provides an expansion
area for blasting, thus reducing the amount of explosives required and the
amount of salt pulverization.  It also makes a smooth mine floor.

     A large self-propelled four-boom drill produces 11 to 13 foot deep holes


                                      38

-------
into the salt face in preparation for blasting.  Each hole is primed with
one-half stick of dynamite, and then the holes are filled with prilled
ammonium nitrate.  Blasting of the rooms occurs after the shift is over.
Each blast brings down 800 to 900 tons of salt.

     Before loading out of the salt, a scaling operation removes potentially
dangerous pieces of rock salt from the roof and sidewalls.  Front end loaders
and shovels load the salt on to large bottom-dumping tractor-trailers for
haulage to the primary crusher.  The haulway and pillars in a similar mine
are shown in Figure 4.

     From the primary crusher, the salt travels over several thousand feet of
conveyor belt to the underground preparation plant.  At the preparation plant,
the salt is crushed to yield the required product line.  Some salt is placed
in temporary storage underground (up to 200,000 tons) until needed.  Waste
salt is stored underground in mined out areas.

     The general mine layout is shown in Figure 5, with mining currently
taking place in one area.  Figure 6 illustrates the typical room and pillar
arrangement.  Conditions are a comfortable 58°F year round with a relative
humidity of 55-56 percent.

Mine Reserve and Future Activity --

     Specific information as to reserves is confidential and was not obtained.
The entire area surrounding the mine contains mineable salt and could be
mined under the proper economic conditions.  Exploration has also indicated
the existence of mineable seams below the current level.  Future plans would
involve  mining all reserves at the present level before developing lower
levels.

Mine Facilities --

     Surface -- The mine plant site contains all those facilities essential
for the operation of the mine.  This includes the offices, warehouses, shops,
and salt processing plant.  In addition, there are complete truck and rail
loading and unloading facilities.

     Underground -- The mine itself contains very little in the way of per-
manent facilities.  The area adjacent to the man shaft has been developed to
serve as a shelter in case of a mine fire-  This was accomplished by erecting
fire doors that can be closed in an emergency, sealing this area off from
the rest of the mine.  The other stoppings in the area are made of salt and
should last the life of the mine.  Other facilities in the mine include an
office, a machine shop, water tanks, and the pump facilities.  All other
mine facilities are of a temporary nature and are frequently relocated as
the production areas change.

     Shafts and Hoisting -- The existing production shaft is concrete-lined
with an interior diameter of 16 feet.  As shown in Figure 7, this shaft is
divided into four compartments, two for hoisting and two service compart-
ments.  Balanced hoisting is achieved using one electric hoist.


                                     39

-------
Figure 4.
Photo of the main haulway in a salt mine (courtesy of International
Salt Company).

-------
VENTILATION
  SHAFT
                       Figure 5.  General mine layout.

-------
                 PILLAR
                              R 001*1
Figure 6.  Typical room and pillar arrangement.

-------
        PRODUCTION SHAFT
                                 t  I   I  I  (   I  '
                                01  23456
                                APPROX. SCALE
Figure 7.   Cross section of production shaft,
                    43

-------
     Production hoisting takes place in two skips, each with a 10-ton capa-
city.   Additionally, this shaft can be used for hoisting men, utilizing com-
partments above the skips.

     The concrete-lined man shaft is 4 by 8 feet in cross section.  This
two-compartment shaft utilizes a balanced electric hoisting system.  Each
compartment contains a double deck man-cage, capable of holding three men
per deck.

     Drainage -- The small  quantity of water in the mine comes from one of
three sources: (1) the formations penetrated by the shafts, (2) condensation
from the ventilation air, and (3) connate water.  Connate water may occasion-
ally be found at the contact between the top of the salt and the overlying
bed.  Such occurrences are, however, unusual, yielding only small flows that
cease shortly after mining.  No special drainage facilities are used, and
the water produced is absorbed by waste salt in the area.

     Drainage facilities are located in the shaft area.  Water rings, em-
placed around the shaft, pipe formation water to the mine level for removal
to the surface.  Additional water is condensed from the ventilating air as
it reaches the mine and collected in storage tanks for removal to the surface.

     Water is collected underground in several small sumps and pumped to one
of two underground holding tanks.  Combined storage capacity is approximately
50,000 gallons.  Pumps take the water to the surface in a single lift.

     Ventilation -- In the present ventilation system, intake air (160,000
cfm) is drawn down through the two service compartments of the production
shaft by a fan located in the mine.

     Fresh air passes to the working areas through an intake airway that is
isolated from the rest of the mine by a brattice line.  In the working area,
the brattice consists of temporarily hung brattice cloth.  The remainder of
the brattice line is of a permanent nature consisting of either salt block
construction or fine salt piles capped with a brattice cloth-foam seal.
Older brattice lines were made of salt blocks cemented together by fine salt.
Typically, these are six feet wide at the base, tapering to several feet at
the roof.  Newer brattice lines have been formed by piling waste salt in
the cross-cuts to within several feet of the roof.  At the roof line, brat-
tice cloth is hung and sealed by spraying with a polyurethane foam.

     The return air leaves the working area and follows the abandoned work-
ings to the shaft area.  Air reaches the surface via the hoisting compart-
ments of the production shaft and through the man shaft.  In addition to the
main fan, auxiliary fans are used in the mine, as needed, to provide circu-
lation in the working areas.

     Electrical System -- Power (4,800 volts) is supplied to the mine by two
separate underground lines.  Only one is used at any given time, with auto-
matic switching in case of line failure.  Should both lines fail, emergency
mobile  generators can be brought to operate the fan and hoist systems.
                                      44

-------
     The underground electrical distribution is.by necessity a flexible one,
adapting to the needs of production.  All cables, up to the production area,
are roof mounted.  A 250-volt DC, 75 kilowatt motor-generator set is avail-
able underground.

Miscellaneous Underground Facilities —

     Non-potable Water  -- Non-potable water is piped underground, under
natural head.  The water line extends down the production shaft service com-
partments and out approximately 3,000 feet away from the shaft.

     Diesel Fuel -- Diesel  fuel is piped underground, under natural head.
The fuel line extends down  the production shaft service compartment and
approximately 3,000 feet away from the shaft.  A 500-gallon storage tank is
available.

Structural Condition --

     The structural integrity of the mine has been preserved after more than
a  half  century of operation.  Areas mined 50 years ago appear to have under-
gone no degradation or  failure and are as competent as the areas currently
mined.  Stability has been  confirmed by monitoring with convergence gauges
and dilation pins.  No  faults, fractures, or other anomalies are known to
exist.

Available Storage Space --

     An upper limit on  the  storage space in the mine has been estimated from
production figures and  mine maps.  This, however, reflects the void left
by mining and must be reduced to reflect actual conditions in the mine.
Some areas may not be usable as storage sites because of:

     •    Structural weakness in the roof and pillars may
          prohibit use  of some areas as storage space.

     •    A certain amount  of space will be unavailable because
          of the needs  of the storage operation itself.  This
          will include  space for items such as ventilation,
          haulage and escape ways, offices, and unloading areas.

     t    If the storage operation is to be contemporaneous
          with salt mining  operations, some space will be
          required for  ventilation, haulage, underground
          preparation,  and  salt storage.  Ultimately, this
          space could become available for waste storage.

     0    Waste salt produced in the course of mining and
          processing is often returned to the mine for storage
          in mined out  areas.

     The total open space in the mine designated for the waste storage is
estimated to be 500,000,000 cubic feet.  This is located in the following


                                      45

-------
areas as designated in Figure 5.

                    Area              Cubic Feet

                     XT                210,000,000
                     X2                 70,000,000
                     X3                 40,000,000
                     Y                 70,000,000
                     Z                 10,000,000
                     Haulways and
                     service areas    100,000,000

                         Total         500,000,000

     Additional space is available in the area of current mining and is being
created at the approximate rate of 15,000,000 cubic feet per year.  Although
this space is not designated for waste storage, the potential  exists for its
long-term utilization.
                                     46

-------
                                  Section 4

                    STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN AND OPERATION


     A detailed description of the hazardous waste storage facility is pre-
sented in this section.  The description is based on Case 1, the base case,
which has received the most detailed design effort.  The facilities of other
cases (Cases 2 through 5) will be discussed in the latter part of this sec-
tion.  Material flow charts, process flow diagrams, and plant layout presen-
ted in this section are all for the base case.  General design and opera-
tional criteria of the overall plant facility are presented, followed by des-
cription of surface facilities, subsurface facilities, and alternative cases.

GENERAL DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA

     The plant facilities are designed to receive, store, treat, container-
ize, transfer to staging area, transfer to hoisting area, lower into mine,
transfer to storage cell area, and store the four types of hazardous wastes.
The plant operational logic is shown in Figures 8 through 12.  Figures 8, 9,
and 10 show the flow of Type A, B, C, and D wastes through sequential steps
from receiving at the plant gate to placement in the storage cells.  Figure 11
shows the flow of chemicals and containers used in the plant.  Figure 12 shows
the material flow in the effluent treatment process.

     As pointed out previously, no operating underground hazardous waste stor-
age plant presently exists at which the waste is treated and recontainerized
before the underground emplacement.  Design criteria based on actual operating
experiences are not available.  The scope of this study allows only the form-
ulation of a reasonable design criteria, which will allow the conceptual de-
sign of the storage facilities.

     A number of general criteria were formulated to arrive at a reasonable
concept of the surface and subsurface facilities and a reasonable assessment
of their costs.  The parameters involved are:

          Plant operating hours
          Modes of waste transport
          Types of waste shipping containers
          Waste surface storage
          Waste treatment methods and capacities
          Waste containerization methods and types of containers
          Effluent wastewater treatment and disposal method
          Modes of containerized waste transport into mine
             and storage areas
          Storage methods

                                      47

-------
                               Wastes Delivered
D
       Inspection
                                                   Weighed and Inspected
                                                                                           Trucks Weighed
     Railroad Cars
T-IR) Routed to Unloading
     Stations
D
                                                                                           to Unloading Stations
                                                                                            Haste B  Haste C Waste D
                                                                          ,  ,,, Container Truck            Tank Truck Content
                                                                          '~2H Contents Inspected     <-!M  Inspected
                                                                        (0-2A3  ]Container Trucks    (0_ZM  ) Tank Trucks
                                                                        1      /(Drums) Unloaded    V     / Unloaded
                                                  Waste A Transferred
                                                                               | Drums Opened
                                                                                ind Emptied
                                                                              >, Waste A Transferred
                                                                                                      ' to Proper Storage
                                                                                                       Tanks



r "y to Proper Sto
T^ Tanks

1 '•fjilUe L""'id ^
T^ Tanks

Liquid „ so I
Ty-lp-ulp (• 1 1


J
                Acidic Liquid
                Waste Stort
                Waste Transferred
                to Reactor
                                                           i-lAi^ uaste Stor<
                                                                                         Chronate Waste
                                                                Oxidized Cyanide      i—>-\
                                                               'Waste Transferred     FT-4A3)  Reduced Chromate
                                                                to Storage           I—.,/  Waste Transferred
                                                                                    r   to Storage
                                                             I-3A4  "on-Reactive
                                                                  Haste Inspected
                                                               -jflA Non-Reactive Waste
                                                              "Jfl7 Transferred to
                                                             ~~   Storage
                                                     continued
                     Figure  8.    Material    flow  chart   —  Type  A  wastes.
                                                             48

-------
           Figure  8  (continued)
                             Palletized Drums
                         D ,\ Remain in Staging
                            ' Area Until Ready
                             to Transfer
                             to Mine
/^"N. X Area Main-
 0-14X  tained and
V  J
                             49

-------
            Waste Delivered by
            Railroad Cars
Waste Delivered
by Trucks
              Haste fl & C
           -2BT7lnorganic    Tc i»5/ Empty Drums
              Cake Stored   \  / Stored
                             Empty Drums
                         -3X5> Moved to Containerize
                    \-lxVLids / 0-6B \Waste B ft C Filter
                     \ / Stored^ I-4B } Cake Containerised
                                  Pallets Woved to
                                  Staging Area
Figure  9.     Material  flow  chart  --  Type  B  wastes,
                                   50

-------
                                   . Railroad Cars
                                   )Weighed and
                                  y Inspected
                                  -. Railroad Cars
                               T-lft/ Routed to Un-

, .««.",
|r-2ci
Waste
-V loading Stations
C
Dump Car Con-
tents (Waste C)
Inspected
Waste 0

1-2C2 tents {Wastes
Inspected
CSD)
                  ,     \ Dump Car
                  0-2C1  (Baste C)
                       ' Unloaded
.    .Bulk Haste C
fr-2Cl) Transferred
     to Storage




f


1
r
^\ Bastes CSC in
                    -Id/ Inorganic, Bulk ^S-lC?7n   ^   n ,
                    v 7 Wastl C Stored  \ /Organic, Bulk
                    \y               \/ Haste C Stored
                        Inorganic, Bulk
    ' ferred to
     Container^
                                       /ferred to
                                         Container! zer
                                                                               Wastes CfiD In
                                                                               Drums Transferred
                                                                               to Temporary
                                                                               Staging ftrea
Figure  10.    Material  flow  chart  --  Types   C  and  D  wastes.
                                               51

-------
             Chemicals and Drums
             Delivered b> Railroad C
                       Chemicals and Pallets
                       Delivered by Trucks
                                                                           Sulfuric Acid  n ,,
                                                                           Transferred    Pallets Moved
                                                                           to Chromate    *° Container-
                                                                                      ization Station
                                   e Used
                                 in Neutralization
                                 of Haste A
Lime Used
to Precipitate
Haste A
                                           Lime |)sed
                                           in Neutralization
                                           of Waste B
Figure  11.    Material   flow  chart  --  chemicals   and  containers.
                                             52

-------
                                                        Process Hastes,   Haste a
                                                        Spills.         [Filtrates
                                                        Hashdown |
       Hfsc. HastelOils
   Scrubber Water .   „
   Recirculated  F'2"3/
                                                                            0-3WJ \  Crystaiiier- Slurry
                                                                                  Centrifuged
                                                                                  Solids, Transfer
                                                                             T 5H\  to Containerizatic
                                                                                '  Station
                                                                            ~r"
                                                                   'Empty Drums t_.  . ,
                                                                   'torage   V'^V  Solids Stored
                                                                                  Until Containerized
                                                                                  Hastewater Solids
                                                                             I-2H H Containerized
                                                                                  Drums LlddetJ
                                                                                  and Labeled
                                                                             0-6H  1 Drums Palletized
                                                                                 Pallets Moved to
Figure  12.     Material   flow  chart  --  plant  effluent  treatment.
                                                  53

-------
Plant Operating Hours

     Both surface and subsurface facilities will be operated primarily on the
basis of two production shifts and one maintenance shift per day, six days
per week.  Some activities that deviate from this basis are discussed in
appropriate places.

Modes of Waste Transport to Storage Plant

     All wastes will be transported from the waste generators to the site by
rail and truck.  The plant will receive at least 24 hours advance notice of
each proposed shipment, including all particulars on the waste characteris-
tics.  The plant may place a "hold" on the shipment.  Railcar loads will be a
nominal 50 tons net; truck loads will be a nominal 20 tons net.

Types of Shipping Containers

     Rail shipments will be by tank car (bulk liquids and slurries), by sealed
bottom-dump hopper cars (bulk solids), and by box cars (drummed liquid, slur-
ries, solids).  Truck shipments will be by tank truck (bulk liquids and slur-
ries), by sealed end-dump truck (solids), and by container truck (drummed
liquids, slurries, solids).  Type A and B drummed wastes to be opened may be
in any suitable 55-gallon steel drum.  Type C and D drummed wastes must be in
the same type of 55-gallon drum that will be used to containerize the treated
waste.

Waste Surface Storage

     All bulk wastes will be stored in closed tanks or bins.  Drums will be
stored in a warehouse-type storage building.  No open storage will be per-
mitted.  Unloading and storage areas will be paved and diked to impound
spilled materials.  Surface runoff from potential contaminants will be collec-
ted and treated.  Liquid and slurry waste surface storage capacity will be a
nominal four days at 100 percent operating capacity.  Solid waste storage
will be a nominal six days at 100 percent operating capacity.  Enough tankage
and bins will be provided so that filling, analyzing, and emptying operations
can be accommodated without difficulty.  Eight days of surface storage capa-
city will be provided for drummed waste; stored drummed waste can be worked
off when production in waste treatment and containerization is below capacity.

Waste Treatment Methods

     Waste treatment operations will be designed to convert wastes to a form
suitable for safe, convenient handling and emplacement in the mine.  Soluble
or reactive hazardous materials will be converted to stable forms.  Free
water and free organics or oily material will be separated from the wastes.
Each waste type (and subtype) will be processed at design throughput each day:

     •    Type A Wastes:  Hexavalent chromium will be reduced
          to trivalent chromium then precipitated as Cr(OH)3-
          Cyanide will be oxidized to nitrogen and C02- Acid
          and alkaline wastes will be neutralized.  Heavy metals


                                      54

-------
          will  be precipitated as hydroxides.   Precipitates
          will  be dewatered to a minimum 40 percent solids
          cake  for containerization.

     •    Type  B Hastes:  Acid and alkaline wastes will  be
          neutralized.  Inorganic and organic wastes will  be
          handled separately.  All wastes will be dewatered
          or deoiled to a minimum 40 percent solids cake for
          containerization.

     •    Type  C Hastes:  Solid wastes will receive no treatment.

     •    Type  D Hastes:  Hastes designated for retrieval  will
          receive no treatment.

Haste Containers and Containerization Methods

     In this study only one type of container was considered, a 16 gauge,
55-gallon open  top steel drum with a lever-ring closure.  Containerization
will be automated as far as is practicable with multiple drum filling lines.
Organic and inorganic wastes will be containerized separately.  Exposure of
workers to the wastes will be minimized.

Effluent Haste Treatment Methods

     Aqueous filtrates, process wastewater, and contaminated surface runoff
will be evaporated to recover water as a condensate and solids, including
hazardous components, as a filter cake.  Recovered condensate water will be
reused as much as possible.  Recovered solids will be containerized and
placed in the mine.  Organic filtrate will be incinerated.

     It is obvious that there are alternatives to these general criteria
adopted for the  surface facilities.  And it is recognized that alternative
methods of operation could significantly affect the cost of waste emplace-
ment.  However,  these criteria allow the design and specification of reason-
able surface facilities at a level of detail  needed for cost estimation.

Modes of Waste Transport into Mine and to  Storage Area

     The transport of waste  into  the mine  includes removing the drummed waste
(four drums on each pallet)  from  the surface  staging area to the hoist  load-
ing area, lowering four pallets  (16 drums) on each hoisting cycle into  the
mine, and then transporting  these pallets  to  the storage area using flat-bed
haul trucks.  Underground  staging will be  used if the transport to the  under-
ground storage area has to be stopped.

Storage Method

     Three storage areas will be  used:   Zone  X (Figure  5) for inorganic
wastes, Zone Y for organic wastes, and Zone Z for the wastes  to be stored
temporarily (Type D wastes)-  Within each  storage zone, waste may be stored
in several storage cells simultaneously  as needed.  Unloading of the pallets

                                      55

-------
from the haul trucks, short distance movement, and final emplacement of these
pallets into the storage cell will be done using forklifts.  The pallets will
be stacked as high as possible in all the storage cells except those in Area
Z.  The Type D wastes to be stored temporarily in Area Z will be stacked in
two-drum layers, so that they can be retrieved readily.

SURFACE FACILITIES

     The above ground waste handling process is summarized in Figures 13 and
14.  Figure 15 is a plot plan showing the conceptual layout of the surface
facilities, which, as designed, will cover about 17 acres of fenced area.
The surface facilities will be described with the aid of process flow dia-
grams, Figures 16 through 25.  Description of the surface facilities is di-
vided into the different waste types and their treatment pathways.  Unit pro-
cess design criteria and their specifications used for cost estimation are
summarized in Appendices B and C.

Type A Haste Processing

     Six hundred tons of Type A wastes will be received daily.  Type A wastes
include 100 TPD of chromate waste (A-l), 100 TPD of cyanide waste (A-2), 100
TPD each of acid and alkaline wastes (A-3), and 200 TPD of nonreactive waste.

Waste Receiving and Storage --

     Type A wastes will be transported to the plant either in bulk form by
tank trucks and tank cars or in 55-gallon drums by container truck and box
car (Figure 16).
     After weigh-in and inspection, tank trucks will be routed to the "A"
truck unloading station and connected by a flexible hose to the unloading
pump appropriate for Type A wastes.  The tank truck contents will be trans-
ferred to the appropriate waste storage tank.  The pumps and tanks for each
waste subtype will be piped separately.

     The same procedure will be used in unloading rail tank cars after weigh-
in, spotting and inspection.

     Drummed waste in trucks will be spotted at the receiving dock and un-
loaded by forklift trucks.  The drums will be moved to the drum open and
dump station.  Drumheads will be automatically cut off, and the drum contents
will be dumped into a tank.  The tank will be connected to the appropriate
waste subtype transfer pumps and storage tank.  Emptied drums (and heads) will
be transported to the drum cleaning facility.  The transfer tank will be
flushed and drained before changing to another waste subtype.  Box cars of
drums will be spotted at a separate unloading dock, used also for Type B, C,
and D drummed waste.  The cars will be unloaded by forklift trucks and trans-
ported by tractor-trailer cars to the Type A waste drum open and dump station
for transfer to the appropriate storage tanks.  Storage tank capacities will
be 25,000 gallons and 50,000 gallons.  Each waste storage tank will be equip-
ped with a side-entering agitator to mix the tank contents.  The tank walls
and bottom will be lined with a suitable corrosion resistant material.  Where


                                      56

-------
                                                  ©a

                                                    CHEMICAL
                                                    TREATMENT
                                                                       PRECIPITATION
                                                            DEWATERING
                                                                                                              TO MINE
                                                                                                 STAGING


                                                                                                   f
RECEIVING  AND UNLOADING
                                             "1—T
                                                                                           PALLETIZING
                                                               CONTAINERIZATION
                             Figure  13.   Schematic diagram of surface  operation.

-------
                          WKSTE TRANSPORT
                           KHO RECEIVING
VJMTE-
SIOR A.GE.
14-D*1S>
                                                                WASTE THE frTjj E M T frNP CO KjTftIN E.Rl£ft.T 10 N
cn
00
                                        Figure  14.  Block flow  diagram of  surface  operation.

-------
en
                            5C ALE.: | = 50
                                                                                 EQUIP. REPAIR
                                                                            U CAR UNLOADING
STORMWATER
HOLDING
BASIN


^
                                                                                                                          PROCESS
                                                                                                                          UJAT CR
f
WAST
STORAC

HEAD-
FRAME



™
SHAFT

STORMi

e
E










O
tJ
O
c~\
I ;

O
o
v_y
O
r^> r-
0
o
o
r~\
V 1

o
n
v^
o
3_C3_










„
Q
O
o
c\
v >

o
o
w
O
n n
D
O
O
c\
\ 1

o
o
\^
O
=» 0^

                                                   (' C. £t> WASTE.-
                                                   LOVWE.R LEVEL)
                                                                           CONTAINtRIZED
                                                                          WASTE. STftGING   L-_
                                                                              BLDG.      r__
                         | PRODUCTION
                            SHftFT

                                                                                                         V  Y1  V
                                                                                                             fclUE R I Z AT ION
                                                                                                             BLQG.
                                                                                                        (E.WPTV DRUM STORAGE.-
                                                                                                           UPPER LtVEL )
                                            ADMIN-
                                          IS T RAT I ON
                                            BLD6.
~|    P ^R Kl MG
                                                 TRUCK  ACC ESS
                                                   Figure  15.    Plot  plan  of  surface  facilities.

-------
en
o
                 WASTE UNLQAOIMC
                    STAT|ON S
                 •UNK TRUCK
                  it TON LOAD
                                ' " jdj
                                                                                         NQN- REACT. WASTE STORAGE
                                                                                            4- SQ,QQQ G*L TANKS
              RAIL TKNK CAR
                50 TON LOAD
                                               DRlJW QPtN *ND DUMP STATION i eg (jj"9*
               CONTAINER TRUCK
                  (DRUMS)
                 10 TON LOAO
                                               DRUM OPEN AND DUMP STAT ION ,
















NSFER PUMP5

g?"
-sV M


Sg"
feTJ
^3"
S"

S"



















*




























_









*

























i _^ — __ t __ — ^ t ^, — ^ »
L ^ u U L
~l ~i ~]
i * i 	

„
rj/v M
C^i
C ^zsoooaHL-TMIKS
^ _^_ 	 ^ ^^^ J __^_^ j
I. ^~~^^\ U L
OH __ CIH ^ OH _^
f f T

1 M
a
1 1
i ^ i 1
u"~"^"g u L • L
OH OH OH C
f f f
ACID WASTE.
1 >-\






                                                                                                                        ALKALINE WASTE.
                                                                                                                           STOR AGE.
                                                                                                                         ^- 50,000 d^L.TKS
                                                                                                                           TO NE.UTRAL.
                         Figure  16.   Process  flow diagram --  Type A  waste unloading  and  surface  storage,

-------
four tanks are provided for a waste subtype, normally one tank will  be empty,
one tank will be filling, one tank will be full and being analyzed,  and  the
last will be in the appropriate waste treatment system as described  below.

Chromate Waste Treatment (Figure 17) --

     Chromate waste will be pumped from the storage tank on flow control  to
a pH adjustment vessel where sulfuric acid (78%) will be added, if necessary,
to bring the pH down to 2 to 3.  The waste will enter the top of the stirred,
baffled reactor (1,000 gallons), where it will be contacted with sulfur  di-
oxide (S02) sparged in from the bottom.  An oxidation-reduction potential
(ORP) controller on the reactor effluent stream will ensure sufficient S02
flow to reduce all the hexavalent chromium to the trivalent form.  Treated
waste will be pumped to a blend/surge storage tank. Vent gas water vapor,
containing traces of S02, will be piped to the vent collection system.   One
hundred tons of chromate waste can be processed during two shifts of opera-
tion.

Cyanide Waste Treatment  (Figure 17) --

     Cyanide waste will be pumped from the storage tank and split into two
streams on separate flow controls.  Each stream will enter the top of a
stirred, baffled reactor (3,600 gallons), where it will be contacted with
chlorine sparged in from the bottom.  An ORP controller will ensure  suffi-
cient chlorine flow to oxidize all the cyanide to nitrogen and carbon dioxide
(C02).  Sodium hydroxide (50%) solution will be added to the vessel  to main-
tain  alkaline conditions.  A pH monitor will be used as an indicator for ad-
justing the  NaOH addition rate.  Treated waste will be pumped on level control
to a blend/surge tank.  Vent gas nitrogen, containing water vapor and traces
of Cl2> will be piped to the vent collection system.  Fifty tons of  cyanide
waste can be processed in each reactor during two shifts of operation.   Re-
action conditions for the run will be based on prior analysis of the waste in
the storage  tank.

Acid and Alkaline Waste Treatment (Figure 17) --

     Acid and alkaline wastes will be pumped from the storage tanks  on flow
control to the stirred, baffled neutralization vessel (1,200 gallons).   Cal-
cium hydroxide (25% slurry) will be added to the vessel on pH control to
neutralize excess acidity.  Cooling water will be circulated on temperature
control through the vessel jacket to remove heat of neutralization.  The
neutralized waste will be piped to the vent gas collection system.   One  hun-
dred tons each of acid and alkaline waste can be processed during two shifts
of operation, and conditions for the run will be based on prior analyses of
the wastes.

Nonreactive Waste Handling (Figure 17) --

     Nonreactive waste will be pumped on flow control to the appropriate
blend/surge tank, where it will be mixed with other treated wastes.  It  can
be processed in the downstream waste precipitation section directly, by-
passing the blending step.


                                       61

-------
                               pH ADJUSTMENT
                                 VESSEL
                                  400 GAL.
en
ro
                                                                                                       BLEND/SURGE
                                                                                                        STORAGE.
                                                                                                       2- 50,000 &M TA.NKS
                                                                                                       BLEND/SURGE
                                                                                                         STO RAGE
                                                                                                       2- 50,000 GAL. TANKS
                                                                                                                 TO  PR6CIP I TM lf)N
                                                                                                                 TO PRE.CIP ITA.TION
                              Figure  17.   Process flow diagram  -- Type A  waste  treatment.

-------
Blend/Surge Storage (Figure 17) --

     The four 50,000-gallon stirred tanks will provide the capacity for
blending treated wastes to produce a uniform feed for the downstream pre-
cipitation step.  With nonreactive waste bypassed, the surge capacity will
provide for independent filling and emptying of the tanks during the two-
shift operation.

Waste Precipitation and Filtration (Figure 18) --

     Precipitation of metal hydroxides will be carried out in two parallel
trains.  Blended waste from the surge tank will be pumped into the 3,000-
gallon stirred precipitation vessel.  Calcium hydroxide (25% slurry) will
be added to the vessel on pH control, while maintaining the pH at 8 to
coprecipitate heavy metals.  Precipitated slurry waste will be pumped on
makeup level control to a rotary vacuum belt filter system.  Ferric chloride
(35%) solution will be metered into the flocculation trough as a coagulant
aid.  The 12-foot-diameter by 24-foot-long vacuum filter will continuously
dewater the precipitated waste, producing a 40 percent weight solids filter
cake.  The cake will be discharged into a bin from where it is transferred by
screw conveyors to a 150-ton-capacity cake surge bin.  The filtrate collected
will be pumped from the vacuum receiver tanks to filtrate storage tanks for
subsequent processing.  Each precipitation-filtration train can process
about 325 tons of blended waste during two shifts, producing 75 tons of
filter cake for containerization.  Waste treatment will be carried out in the
waste treatment building as indicated in Figure 15.   Processes will-be moni-
tored locally and in the main control room.

Type B Waste Processing

     Four hundred tons of Type B wastes will be received daily.  Type B waste
subtypes will include 50 TPD each of acid and alkaline wastes (B-l), 200 TPD
of inorganic wastes (B-2), and 100 TPD of organic wastes (B-3).

Waste Receiving and Storage (Figure 19) --

     Any of the subtype wastes can be transported to the plant in bulk form
and in 55-gallon drums.  Type B waste unloading and storage procedures will
be similar to those for Type A wastes.  Unloading stations for rail and
truck shipments will be located near Type A waste unloading stations so that
unloading crews can handle both wastes. Positive displacement slurry pumps
will be used for transferring wastes to the storage tanks.  Storage tanks
will have 25,000- and 50,000-gallon capacities and side-entering agitators
for mixing.  The organic waste tanks will have steam heating coils to prevent
waste solidification during cold weather.

Type B Waste Treatment (Figure 20) --

     Type B wastes will be dewatered to recover the insoluble solids as
filter cakes.  Acid and alkaline wastes (B-l) pumped from the storage tanks
will first be neutralized in a 900-gallon stirred tank.  Calcium hydroxide
(25% slurry) will be added on pH control to neutralize excess acidity.


                                      63

-------
                                PRECIPITATION VESSELS
                                                               ROTftRY VACUUM
                                                                BELT FILTERS
C71
                                                                                          FILTRATE.
                                                                                          TO STORAGE.
                                                                                           TA.NK5
                                                                                           SOOTPQ
                       Figure  18.   Process flow  diagram  —  Type A  waste precipitation and  filtration.

-------
  WASTE UNLQK&INC
     STATIONS
CONTAINER TRUCK
   (DRUMS]
  2.0 TOW LOAD
                  UWLOAOING PUMPS
                     100 &PM LAP.
                                DRUW OPEM AND DUMP STATION
                                DRUM OPEN AMD DUNlP STATION
 BOX CAK
 (DRUMS)
50 TOH LOAO
















FER PUMPS
0 &PM CAP.


S"




































































1 ^ \
L g I
0-, (
1 	
J>.C 0 WA.STE.
STO *&



t--— t
I 9L
OH Q
^


t -— - 1
L^:s™t
OH 5-- C
~1
J







                                                                                                          ALKALINE WASTE.
                                                                                                             STORK&E
                                                                                                           Z- 25,000 GM.. TKS
        Figure 19.    Process  flow diagram —  Type B  waste unloading  and surface storage.

-------
CTi
               WASTE.
               (I 00 TPD)
                                                                                FILTRfcTt TO
                                                                                STORAGE TANKS
                        TO STORAGE ,
                         TAWKS

T
-L
It
— <^






« —



7SsB~~-
yft^y~-
^SvW^M^

,-. I 1 rui
M Ij W
5fl6PM_








f




a4
r
1






j
—\
n «
I


I 7
*n
\ rv-i, .
^T
U
i r
I 50TPD
^

tJTntn
                                                                                                          SURGE
                                                                                                           6 IMS
                                                                                                          ISO TON CAP
                                                                                                                     CAKE TO
                                                                                                                    CQNTMNERttATiOM
                                                                                ORGANIC FILTRATE.
                                                                                TO 5TOR A&E TANKS
                      Figure 20.   Process  flow diagram —  Type  B waste treatment and filtration.

-------
Neutralized waste will be pumped to the filter feed tank.   Ferric  chloride
flocculant will be added in an on-line static mixer.   Filtration will  be
carried out cyclically in an automatic plate and frame pressure filter.  At
the start of the filtration cycle, slurry waste will be pumped into the
filter chambers by the fast-fill pump.  As the cake forms,  the hydraulic ram
pump will be used to consolidate the cake during the high pressure  (to 150
psi) dewatering phase.  At the end of the preset filtration time (up to 90
minutes), the feed pump will shut off, and the plate opening mechanism will
separate the plates, allowing the cake slabs to drop into the filter cake
bin.  The cake will be transferred by screw conveyors  to a  150-ton cake surge
bin.  The plate closure mechanism will move the plates back together so that
plate pressure against the filter cloths seals the chambers and the next
cycle can be initiated.  The filtrate collected during the  filtration cycle
will be pumped from a receiving tank on level control  to a  filtrate storage
tank.

     Inorganic and organic wastes will be dewatered in similar filtration
systems.  Inorganic waste will be pumped from the storage tank on  filter
feed tank makeup level control.  Ferric chloride flocculant will be added to
the waste stream ahead of an in-line static mixer.  The waste will be de-
watered in two automatic pressure filters operated with staggered  filtration
cycles.  Organic waste will be dewatered in a separate automatic filter
system.  Organic filter cake will be transferred by screw conveyors to a
separate 150-ton cake surge bin.  Organic filtrate will be  pumped  to the
oily waste storage tanks.  Each of the four 4 by 4 feet by  80-chamber pres-
sure filters can process about 100 tons of waste during two shifts, producing
50 tons of filter cake (40 percent solids) for containerization.  A spare
filter system can be piped to operate on either organic or  inorganic waste.
One hundred and fifty tons per day of inorganic filtrate and 50 tons per day
of organic filtrate can be produced.  Filtration conditions will be based on
analysis of the wastes in the storage tanks and lab filtration tests.

Type C and D Waste Processing (Figure 21)

     Two hundred and fifty tons of Type C wastes and 50 tons of Type D wastes
will be received daily.  Type C wastes will be transported  in bulk by covered
hopper rail car and by covered dump truck.  Type C and D wastes in drums will
be transported by box cars and by container truck.  After weigh-in and in-
spection, a dump truck of Type C waste will be routed  to the dump  station.
Waste discharged into the shrouded dump pocket will be transferred by screw
conveyors to one of six bulk storage bins (150-ton capacity each).  A
hopper car of Type C waste will be spotted at the rail dump station.  The
waste will be transferred from the dump pocket to the  storage bins by a
screw conveyor system.  Organic and inorganic wastes will be stored in
separate bins.  The self-cleaning screw conveyors will prevent gross mixing
of the two waste types.  Each storage bin will be equipped with a  filter
fabric dust collector, bin level indicators, and a vibrating hopper.  Waste
will be transferred by screw conveyor from a full bin  to the desired surge
bins for subsequent containerization.  The six-day storage  capacity will
allow for independent filling and emptying of individual bins.  Two bins
will be provided for organic wastes.
                                      67

-------
                                UNLOADING
                          COVERED
                         DUMP TRUCK
                         ZO TON LQftD
                                r
CO
                           COVERED
                         HOPPER CAR
                          50 TON UQkD
                                         TRANSFER COMVEYOR
                                           50 TpH CAP.
                                                                                                               TO WASTE
                                                                                                               SUR&E BINS
                         *C f D" WA5TE
                                                                            DRUMMED
                                                                          WASTi STORAGE-
                                                                            BUI LDIN&
                                                                            1800 TONS)
                                                     CONTAINER TRUCK
                                                        (DRUMS)
                                                       EOTON LOAD
                                                                                                        TO STAGING
                                                                                                          AREA
                         Figure 21.   Process  flow diagram --  Types C  and  D waste unloading  and  storage.

-------
     Type C and D drummed waste in box cars will be unloaded by forklift
trucks and transported across to the lower level of the drummed waste
storage building.  Container trucks with Type C and D wastes will be un-
loaded by forklift trucks at the waste storage building receiving dock
(Figure 15).  The drums will be stored in designated pallet banks.  Type C
wastes will be segregated from Type D wastes, and each then further sub-
divided into organic and inorganic storage banks,  Drums in storage will be
relabeled before transfer to the staging area for lowering into the mine.
The eight-day storage capacity will allow some flexibility in rescheduling
waste lots for emplacement when difficulties occur in waste treatment or
containerization operations.  Type C and D waste unloading will normally be
a one-shift per day operation.

Chemical Feed Systems (Figure 22)

     A number of chemicals will be used in Type A and B waste treatment
systems.  The chemical unloading and storage area is indicated in Figure 22.

Chlorine --
     Chlorine will be received and stored onsite in a 90-ton tank car.
During operation of the cyanide oxidation process, liquid Cl£ will be with-
drawn and vaporized in four parallel evaporation units.  Gaseous chlorine
will be fed to each of the two cyanide oxidation reactors.  The tank car
will provide a 10-day supply of chlorine at normal usage.  As necessary,
tank cars will be switched during the third shift.

Sulfur Dioxide —

     Sulfur dioxide will be received and sorted onsite in a 30-ton tank car.
During operation of the chromate reduction process, liquid S02 will be with-
drawn from the tank car and evaporated in an electrically heated evaporation
unit.  Gaseous S02 will be fed on ORP control to the chromate reduction
reactor.  The tank car will provide a 12-day supply of S0£ at normal usage.
Empty and full tank cars will be switched during the nonoperating (third)
shift.

Sodium Hydroxide --

     Fifty percent sodium hydroxide will be received in 60-ton tank cars and
pumped into one of two 10,000-gallon storage tanks.  Caustic will be pumped
from storage to the cyanide oxidation reactors during the operating shifts.
The storage tanks will provide eight days of storage capacity at the normal
rate of caustic usage.

Lime --

Calcium hydroxide will be used for neutralization of Type A and B acidic
wastes and for precipitation of Type A wastes.  Lime will be slaked onsite
and diluted to a 25% Ca(OH)2 slurry.  Pebble lime (90% CaO) will be received
in a 70-ton rail hopper car and dumped in the car dump pocket.  The lime will
be transferred by the enclosed conveyor system to one of two 100-ton lime
storage bins.  Lime will be charged to the slaker by a weigh-belt feeder.


                                      69

-------
                                                                                             RtDUCTlOM
                                                                                              *,flOO LB/OAV
                                                                                             TO CYANIDE
                                                                                             CHLORINATION
                                                                                              18,000 LB/DAV


^__



H

H
^^


CAUSTIC
STORAGE TfcNKS
10,000 GAL. EA.
1
;i,M , — .
  CO IONS  NaOH (50%)
                                                                                             TO CYANIDE.
                                                                                             CHLORINATION
                    TRANSFER CONVEYORS
  TAMK TRUCK
  3000 GAL- FeCk (15%)
                                                                LIME SLURRV (£5%)
                                                             STORAGE AND FEED TANKS
                                                                 10,000 &A>-. tA.
                                                                                             AMD PRECl P IT A.TION
                                                                                               190,000 LB/DhY
                                                                                             TO FILTE RS
                                                                                              8&00 LB/DAY
   TANK TRUCK
   1000 GAL. H?S04 (7S ?
                                                          I S04 STORAGE TAKW
                                                              6000 GAL.
TO pH
kDIUST.
 N.N.F.
Figure  22.    Process  flow diagram  —  chemical  unloading  and  surface  storage.

-------
Slaked lime slurry will be discharged to a transfer tank from which it is
pumped to the lime slurry storage and feed tanks.  Slurry will be pumped
through the distribution system to the various processes.  The 10,000-gallon
storage and feed tanks will provide a one-day supply of Ca(OH)2 slurry.  The
lime storage bins will provide a 10-day supply of lime at normal usage.

Ferric Chloride --

     Ferric chloride will be used as a filter aid in Type A and B waste
filtration systems.  Sewage-grade (35%) ferric chloride solution will be re-
ceived in 3,000-gallon tank trucks and transferred to a 6,000-gallon storage
tank.  During the operating shifts, Fed3 will be pumped from storage through
the distribution system to the various filters.  The storage tank capacity
will provide a two-week supply at normal usage.

Sulfuric Acid --

     Sulfuric acid will be used for pH adjustment of Type A-l waste prior to
chromate reduction.  Sulfuric acid (78%) will be received in 3,000-gallon
tank trucks and pumped to a 6,000-gallon storage tank.  As needed, sulfuric
acid will be pumped from storage to the pH adjustment vessel.  The storage
tank capacity will provide a one-month supply.

Plant Effluent Treatment (Figure 23)

     Contaminated effluents from waste processing operations will include
650 TPD of inorganic filtrate, 150 TPD of process and utility wastewater,
and 50 TPD of organic filtrate.  Contaminated runoff from process areas
will be an intermittent effluent.  Effluent waste treatment systems will
operate three shifts per day.

Inorganic Effluent Treatment —

     Inorganic (aqueous) filtrates will be collected in two 175,000-gallon
storage tanks.  Process and utility wastewaters will be collected by gravity
in a 50,000-gallon lined basin.  Process wastewater will include water from
drum cleaning, equipment cleanout and decontamination, floor and unloading
area washdowns, lab wastes, and any water pumped from the mine.  Utility
wastewater will include cooling tower blowdown, utility boiler blowdown, flue
gas scrubber blowdown, pump seal water blowdown, and minor amounts of steam
condensate.

     The aqueous effluents will be treated in an evaporation-crystallization
system.  Process and utility wastewaters will normally be worked off with
the inorganic filtrate,

     Wastewater will be pumped from the storage tank on flow control to the
vapor-recompression evaporator unit (150 gpm capacity).  The purpose of the
unit is to produce a concentrated brine stream (about 33% solids) by evapo-
rating part of the water and collecting it as condensate.

     The vapor-recompression evaporator unit is a package system in which


                                      71

-------
ro
           FROM
          FILTERS
                                                                                                         COM7MN6RIZATION
                             Figure  23.   Process flow diagram --  plant effluent  treatment.

-------
the feed will be combined with the brine in the sump of the evaporator and
then the mixture fed to the top of the evaporator for evaporation-concen-
tration process.  Heat for the evaporation will be obtained from condensa-
tion of recompressed vapor.  Part of the concentrate will be discharged as
brine product and pumped to the crystal!izer.  The total energy requirement
for evaporation will be 70-100 kilowatt-hours per 1,000 gallons of water
evaporated.

     About 70 percent of the feed will be recovered as condensate.  The con-
densate will be stored in a 140,000-gallon tank for possible reuse in the
plant, such as cooling water makeup and boiler feedwater makeup.  Excess
condensate will be discharged into the plant sanitary wastewater sewer.

     Hot brine product will be pumped on level control to a stirred surge
tank ahead of a forced circulation evaporator-crystal!izer unit.  This
unit will be used to crystallize dissolved solids by evaporating water.
Salts come out of solution as their solubility limits are exceeded.  The
crystallizer is also a package system (100 TPD capacity), in which water will
be evaporated from a circulating feed-slurry mixture producing slurry and
condensate.

     Crystallizer slurry product will be pumped to the feed tank ahead of the
centrifuge filter.  The slurry will be filtered in a 5 ton per hour recip-
rocating centrifuge filter.  Salt cake will be discharged into a cake bin
continuously and transferred by screw conveyors to a 150-ton surge bin for
subsequent containerization.  Eighty-five tons per day of salt cake will be
produced.  Saturated filtrate will be pumped back to the evaporator-crystal -
lizer feed tank for reprocessing.

     A 75 gpm vapor-recompression evaporator unit will be used intermittently
to evaporate contaminated storm runoff.  The small quantity of brine produced
can be sent  to  the 150 gpm vapor-recompression evaporator or to the evapora-
tor-crystal! izer.  This 75 gpm unit will also serve as a 50 percent capacity
spare for working off inorganic filtrates and process wastewater when the
larger unit  is  down for maintenance.  Prolonged shutdown of any of the units
would require shutdown of waste processing units.  The large stormwater basin
will provide emergency storage capacity.

Organic Effluent Treatment (Figure 23) --

     Organic filtrate will be collected in two 25,000 gallon storage tanks.
The tanks will  be equipped with steam coils to maintain the contents
pumpable.  The  filtrate and. small amounts of waste lubricating oils will be
burned in a  600-gallon-per-hour package-type liquid waste incinerator.  Oil
will be used as fuel for startup.  Hot flue gas will be cooled and scrubbed
with water in a venturi scrubber,

     The organic effluent incinerator is a package system (600 gallons per
hour capacity)  consisting of feed pump, incinerator, and scrubber system.
Slowdown from the scrubber system will be pumped  to the inorganic effluent
treatment system.
                                      73

-------
 B OX CA.R    UNLOADING
•SOO DRUMS     PLATFORM
 PER CAR
C 2000 DRUMS PER DAV)
                              DRUM CUAIM CONVEYOR
                                                        DRUMMED WASTE.
                                                         STORAGE. 3LDG.
                                                        (4000 DRUM STORAGE
                                                         CAP- OM TOP LEVEL )
                                 CQNTMNE.R TRUCK
                                   ifto PA.H.E.TS
                                   PE R LDKO
                                                                                 (GQOO ORWM STORAGE
                                                                                  CAP. OM TOP LEVEL)
Figure  24.   Process  flow diagram  - container unloading and  surface  storage.

-------
Waste Containerization and Staging

     Five hundred and eighty-five tons of waste will be put  in 55 gallon
drums during two shifts of operation.  About 2,000 drums and 500 wood pallets
will be used in containerization each day.  Palletized drums of waste will
be transferred to the staging area prior to emplacement in the mine.

Drum and Pallet Receiving and Storage (Figure 24) --

     Fifty-five gallon, open-top steel drums will be brought to the plant in
box cars.  After a car is spotted at the receiving platform  (Figure 15), the
drums will be unloaded and placed horizontally on a feed conveyor, which will
transfer them to an inclined conveyor and to an elevated drum chain conveyor,
all enclosed.  The chain conveyor system will run through the upper level of
the drummed waste storage building and on to the upper level of the contain-
erization building.  Drums will be stored in the upper level of both build--
ings.

     As needed, the drums will be transferred to the lowering conveyors in
the containerization building after removal of the drum covers.  Up to 10,000
drums can be stored (5-day supply).

     Heavy duty wood pallets will be shipped in by container truck.  At the
unloading platform outside the containerization building, a forklift truck
will be used for unloading the pallets and stacking them in the containeri-
zation building (lower level).  The pallets will subsequently be taken from
storage and loaded in the automatic pallet loaders.  Damaged pallets from
waste unloading and storage operations will be hauled away as scrap wood.

Waste Containerization (Figure 25) --

     Type A and B waste filter cake, Type C bulk solid waste, and salt cake
from effluent treatment will be containerized in drums.  Six drum filling
lines will normally be used, each fed waste from a surge bin located outside
the containerization building.  Type C bulk wastes will be distributed to the
various surge bins as necessary to maintain feed supply to drum filling lines.

     A typical drum filling operation is indicated in Figure 25.  Empty drums
on the upper level will be fed into a conveyor that automatically loads the
arm lowering conveyor.  Drums are lowered to the first floor of the contain-
erization building and transferred to the drum-fill station,  An indexing
conveyor will move each drum sequentially into and out of the drum^-fill
station.  At the drum-fill station, waste from a small surge bin will be fed
into the drum until a preselected total weight is reached (normally 625 Ib
net).  The scale will electronically shut off the vibrating feeder and will
signal the indexing conveyor to move the drum out and another into position.

     Filled drums will be sequentially indexed into and out of the drum close
and label station.  At the drum close station, the drum cover will drop on to
the drum, and the lever-snap ring is manually closed and locked.  A drum
labeling machine will stencil the waste type, date, and drum number on the
side of the drum.   The closed, labeled drums will be indexed onto an accumu-


                                      75

-------
WAST E.
                              CDNTfUNERl2A,TlQH




                                (SIX CONTA.INERL1AT |OW LINES)
                                                                           FORK LIFT
                       Figure  25.   Process flow diagram -- containerization  and staging.

-------
lation conveyor, which will transfer the drums to the automatic pallet
loader.  When the four drums have been positioned on a pallet, the pallet
will be lowered onto a transfer conveyor.  Loaded pallets from each of the
six containerization lines will be collected on an accumulation conveyor
from which forklift trucks will pick them up for transport to the waste
staging building.  Although waste containerization will be largely automated
and worker contact with the waste will be small, it will be necessary that
the operating personnel wear protective clothing and filter masks where
contact with the wastes is possible.

Surface Staging --

     The waste  staging building will be  located at the production shaft
(Figure 15).  Waste staging and scheduling will be coordinated with sub-
surface personnel responsible  for scheduling waste storage.  Loaded pallets
from the containerization  building will  be stacked four-high in designated
areas  of the staging building.  The drums will be segregated in pallet banks
according  to the emplacement designation of waste types, i.e., organic, in-
organic, and retrievable.

     Only  one of the four  types of waste will normally be lowered into the
mine during a shift.  This will allow shipments to be made to only one area
at  a time.  For example, organic wastes will be allowed to accumulate in the
staging area until a shift's worth of production is available.  Retrievable
wastes (Type D) will normally  be lowered into the mine during one shift a
week.  They will not usually be stored in the staging area, but will be
transferred from the waste storage building directly to the production shaft
area.  Drummed  Type C wastes will normally be worked off in a similar manner.

Surface Site Development and Buildings

     The layout of the surface civil structures and buildings are shown in
Figure 15.  Except for the production shaft and some portion of the railroad
tracks, all surface civil  structures and buildings will be new.  Of the
total  17 acres  of the  fenced surface area, 15 acres are within the present
mine  boundary and 2 acres  have to be purchased from the local residents.

     Approximately 13  acres of land will have to be cleared, including all of
the existing buildings except  the production shaft.  New civil structures
and buildings will be;

           Truck scale  office and pad
           Rail  scale office and pad
           Tank  truck unloading platform
           Container truck  unloading platform
           Dump  truck unloading building
           Tank  and hopper  car  unloading  building
           Box car unloading platform
           Drum  unloading platform
           Chemical unloading platform
           Chlorine unloading platform
           Storage tank area


                                      77

-------
          Drum waste storage building
          Waste treatment building
          Filtration building
          Containerization building
          Staging building
          Administration building
          Safety/medical building
          Laboratory
          Equipment storage building
          Warehouse
          Shops
          Drum cleaning building
          Wastewater collection ponds
          Wastewater treatment and filtration building
          Boiler house

     Description of these facilities and their costs are summarized in
Appendix D.

Surface Utilities

     A boiler, cooling tower, electric system, compressed air system, drain-
age system, and yard safety such as fire protection systems and washdown
stations will be included in the surface utility.  Their general specifica-
tions and costs are shown in Appendix C.  The boiler and cooling tower will be
primarily for the wastewater treatment process.

Surface Treatment Problems

     To develop the conceptual design of surface facilities, numerous assump-
tions and simplifications had to be made on the waste characteristics, waste
treatability, reaction rates, and properties of wastes at various process
stages.  Considerably more would need to be known about the handling proper-
ties of received wastes, their chemical characteristics, and their reaction
rates before a reliable plant could be constructed.  Some of the potential
problem areas are discussed here.

Waste Receiving and Unloading --

     Compatibility of the wastes is an important factor that will affect the
number of unloading stations, the number of transfer pumps, piping, and
conveyors, and the number of storage tanks and bins.  The more varied the
wastes (chemical  and physical characteristics),  the more extensive the re-
ceiving and storage facilities will have to be.   The trucks and railcars
would need to be decontaminated within the plant, accepting and treating
all of the contaminated water.  The cost, both in manpower and equipment,
could be very high.

     It may be difficult to mix adequately sludge and slurry wastes in large
storage tanks.  Mixing is needed to prevent solids from settling to the
bottom of the tank where they cannot be easily resuspended.  When the liquid
level  falls below the agitator impeller, settling out will occur.  Prolonged


                                      78

-------
failure of an agitator (power outage) could result in mud cakes that cannot
be resuspended.  The tanks might be equipped with jet-nozzle systems to re-
slurry and pump out mud cakes.  Plugging of pump suction lines may be mini-
mized by routinely back-flushing the lines prior to pump startup.

     The liquefaction of bulk solids in storage bins will depend on the
properties of the various solid wastes, their moisture contents, and even
the ambient temperature.  The bins should have vibrating hoppers and other
devices to reduce solids bridging and assist material flow out of the bin.
In winter, freezing of material on bin walls could hinder or prevent flow
of material out of a bin.  Use of steam guns to assist thawing may be needed,
or the bins could be equipped with external strip heaters and insulation.

     In unloading drummed wastes, drums may be punctured or dropped causing
leaks of waste onto floors or yard areas.  Cleanup and decontamination
efforts will result in unloading delays.  Cleanup operations will have to be
well planned and carefully supervised for worker safety.

Waste Treatment --

     Again, the wide variety of wastes may dictate more types of treatment
than were included here, and consequently more equipment and a more complex
operation.  It would seem prudent that any single facility should not attempt
to handle every kind of hazardous waste, since it could not do so economical-
ly.

     With these basic treatment methods, problems are most likely to be the
results of malfunctions - either mechanical or instrumentation.   In the
reaction steps, overtreatment could result in vent gases containing SC^ or
chlorine that would have to be scrubbed out.  If volatile materials were
present in the wastes, they may be stripped and appear in the vent gases.
Undertreatment could result in potentially reactive material being handled
in downstream steps and being placed in the mine.  Reactor products will
have to be carefully analyzed and reprocessed if incomplete reactions
occurred.

     Filtration will likely be a problem area in design and operation.   Fil-
tration rates and cake solids contents are highly dependent on the physical
and chemical properties of the wastes.  The average 40 percent solids content
used here may in practice represent the long-term average where the day-to-
day variation is, say, 10 percent to 80 percent.  Such variations would
create difficult problems in downstream operations.  Variations in the
handling properties of the filter cakes could make the transfer conveyors,
storage bins, and feeders difficult to design and operate.

Wastewater Effluent Treatment --

     The inorganic filtrate evaporation and mixed salt crystallization pro-
cesses should have the capability of handling a wide range of feed solids
concentrations.  Processing problems may include scale formation on heat
transfer surfaces, foaming caused by surface active chemicals, and perhaps
low-temperature polymerization of organic materials present in the filtrates.


                                     79

-------
Again a knowledge of the feed material  and its variability in the design
stage, can help to minimize processing problems.   The 24-hour a day system
has the vulnerability that a prolonged major equipment failure will shut down
the upstream treatment processes.   If high reliability cannot be assured,
then extensive spare capacity should be provided.

     Disposal of excess condensate could be a problem if volatile hazardous
materials are present in the feed.  Some additional treatment, e.g.,
activated carbon adsorption or ion exchange, may need to be considered for
polishing the condensate.

     The incinerator system is not intended to burn hazardous organic mater-
ials.  For organic filtrates containing chlorinated hydrocarbons, there is
a potential for formation of phosgene (COC12)> if combustion conditions are
not well controlled.   There is also the possibility of polymerizing organic
material in the combustion or post combustion zones.  Again, with well_de-
fined feed characteristics in the design, processing problems can be mini-
mized.

Waste Containerization --

     Containerization is essentially a large packaging operation.  Empty drum
handling is labor intensive in order to reduce the damaging of drums ahead of
Containerization.  Bent drums may buckle when filled and stacked, and drum
covers may not fit on out-of-round drums.  Drum handling and storage re-
quirements could be reduced by onsite fabrication.

     The drum-filling operation is susceptible to over- and underfilling
of drums, if bulk densities of the wastes are highly variable.  Fill weights
should be easy to adjust.  Alternatives are automatic volumetric filling and
manual filling by observation.  The automatic conveyor system should be very
reliable, but a malfunction will shut down an entire line.

     Before drums are taken to the staging area, they will have to be care-
fully inspected for structural integrity.  Mechanical handling and the move-
ment by forklift trucks can be expected to result in damaged drums.  These
will have to be taken off the line and recontainerized -- probably a manual
operation.

     It may be advisable to strap the drums together on the pallets to mini-
mize drum movement and shifting on the pallets during subsequent handling
operations.

SUBSURFACE  FACILITIES

     Existing mine facilities are described in detail in Section 3.  Descrip-
tion of new underground facilities and rehabilitation of existing facilities
are discussed in this section.  An overview of the subsurface operation is
shown in Figure 26.   The subsurface facilities and their operation will be
described with the aid of Figures 27 through 33.   Lists of underground
equipment, service buildings, and operating personnel are shown in Appendices
C, D, and E.
                                     80

-------
     Although a wide variety of wastes (four types and seven subtypes) will
be processed at the surface facilities, when the wastes are ready to be
transported into the mine they will all be in drums of the same specifica-
tion.  These drums are divided into three groups designated for separate
storage (Figure 5).  This includes:

     •    Storage Zone X for 535 TPD of inorganic wastes
          (Type A - 150 TPD; Type B - 150 TPD; Type C -
          150 TPD; WW solids - 85 TPD).

     «    Storage Zone Y for 100 TPD of organic wastes
          (Type B - 50 TPD; Type C - 50 TPD).

     *    Storage Zone Z for 50 TPD of wastes to be retrieved
          (Type D - 50 TPD).

     The daily loading rates shown above are a long-term average figure.  In
actual operation, the storage operation will be scheduled so that the same
group of wastes will be lowered and stored during any one shift.

     This will include approximately nine shifts per week for inorganic
wastes, two shifts per week for organic wastes, and one shift per week for
wastes to be retrieved.  All subsurface facilities are operated two shifts
per  day and six days per week.  The maintenance work is done during the
third shift.

     The subsurface operation will start with the transfer of drummed wastes
from the surface staging area to the production skip in the same building.
The  subsurface operation will include:

          Surface loading and lowering into mine
          Underground unloading and staging
          Haul to storage zones
          Storage
          Storage cell preparation
          Monitoring
          Record keeping

Surface Loading and Lowering into Mine

     The surface loading operation will consist of transferring four pallets
(16  drums)  from the surface staging area to the production skip in the same
building and placing them on the skip.  Forklift trucks will be used to
handle the  pallets  (Figure 27). A utilityman  (laborer) stationed at the
shaft will  secure  the load and signal that the load is ready for lowering.

     On the average, 70 lowering cycles will be performed in each shift.
Each cycle will take 5 to 7 minutes, which includes 1.5 minutes of actual
lowering time  and  the remaining for loading and unloading.  The surface
loading will involve three forklifts and four operating personnel in each
shift.  Detailed lists of equipment and personnel are shown in Appendices  C
and  E.


                                     81

-------
oo
ro
               SURFACE  LOADING

-rii
                    n
           UNDERGROUND

              STAGING
                                                R
                                         RECORD KEEPING
             UNLOADING
HAULING
                                                MONITORING
                                                                                        R
STORAGE
                           Figure 26.   Schematic diagram of  subsurface operation.

-------
OD
CO
                     II
                VENTILATION
                  SHAFT
                                         Figure  5.   General mine  layout.

-------
23/8 DIAr
              I-
                          47'
                         48"
                                                 o
                                              T
                          APPROX.SCALE
                  Figure 27.   Drums and pallet.
                         84

-------
     The lowering operation will use a two-compartment balanced electric
hoist system housed in the 16-foot-diameter production shaft.  It will
take 1.5 minutes to descend the 1,400 feet.  As the loaded skip is being
lowered in one compartment, the empty skip will be raised in the other
compartment.  The production shaft and hoisting system are existing facili-
ties and will require minor rehabilitation.

Underground Unloading and Staging

     The underground unloading operation (Figure 26) at the base of the
shaft is essentially the reverse of the surface loading operation.  A whole
skip load (4 pallets) will be taken out of the skip using a forklift and
set aside for another forklift to pick up two pallets at a time and load them
onto a waiting flatbed haul truck.

     Normally, underground staging will not be used; however, if there is
any reason to stop the waste hauling to the storage area, those wastes will
be temporarily stored in the underground staging area until they can be
transferred to the storage area.  The staging area will consist of seven
rooms of approximately 40 by 40 by 22 feet in height.  The wastes will be
stored in two pallet stacks, and the staging area will have the capacity to
hold one day's waste.  The wastes in the staging area can be sent directly
to the storage area or to the shaft area to load on the haul truck.

     Open space for the underground staging area is already available.  Minor
rehabilitation work of scaling roof, roof bolting, and floor grading is
required.  This is discussed further in the latter part of this section and
also in Appendix D.

Haulage to Storage Zone

     Flat bed trailers powered by diesel tractors will be used to transfer
the wastes  (drums on pallets) from the shaft area to the storage zones.  A
normal load will consist of 20 pallets (80 drums) or 25 tons.  There will
be 28 shipments to storage each day or 14 shipments per shift.  Round trip
distances to the storage zones will vary from an average of 3,000 feet (to
Zone Z) to an average of 18,000 feet (to sections of Zone X).  During one
shift, the wastes will be hauled to the same storage zone.

     Eight flatbed trailers and three tractors will be used for hauling.
One tractor and one trailer will normally be stationed at the shaft area
loading the pallets.  Two tractors will normally be on the road either taking
loaded trailers to the storage area or bringing back the empty trailers to
the shaft area.  Equipment and personnel involved in this operation are
listed in Appendices C and E.

Storage

     The storage operation can take place in any of five storage zones
(Figures 5, 28, and 29).  Each storage zone is formed by many existing inter-
connected rooms of approximately 60 by 60 by 22 feet high.  Each of these
storage zones will be isolated from the others by unmined salt barriers or


                                      85

-------
oo
en
                         Figure  28.   Schematic  diagram of long-term storage operation.

-------
CO
                     Figure 29.  Schematic diagram of retrievable storage  (Type D) operation.

-------
by ventilation stopping constructed of waste salt.  Storage rooms will have
been prepared by scaling of ribs and roofs, roof bolting, and grading and
brushing of the floor.  As needed, sub-divisions will be formed within each
zone by constructing waste salt barriers.

     Normally, the underground operation will  be scheduled in advance so that
only one storage crew is necessary, and the crew will be working in the same
zone during one working shift.  A waste trailer will be brought into a room
of the designated storage zone and parked for unloading (Figures 28 and 29).
A fork lift will unload two pallets at a time from the trailer and place
them in storage.

Long-Term Storage --

     In long-term storage zones (X and Y), pallets will be stacked six
pallets high  (Figure 28) and locked together for additional stability.

     In an average long-term storage cell  (60 by 60 by 22 feet), there will
be room to hold 1,350 pallets.  Some of this capacity cannot be utilized
because of space provided for side clearance and monitoring access (Figure
28).  Allowing a 10 percent loss would permit storage of 1,218 pallets
(4,872 drums  or 1,523 tons) per room.   This would require an average stacking
of 14 pallets by 14% pallets by six pallets per room.  On this basis, a room
would be filled every 2.25 days.  During one year's operation, 125 rooms
would be utilized for long-term storage, 105 rooms allocated for Zone X and
20 for Zone Y.  The average storage density under these conditions would be
38.5 pounds per cubic foot, 43 percent of the room space,  Actual  usage of
the total available space will be considerably less than this, because of
haulageway,storage of waste salts, airways, and underground facilities.

     The long-term storage operation is not designed to allow selective
retrieval of  the stored waste.  Although waste that has been recently em-
placed may be easily retrieved, this will  not be possible for most stored
waste.  Retrieval from Zones X and Y would involve massive rehandling of
material and  in most cases would disrupt the normal storage operations.  It
is anticipated that total retrieval of the stored waste would require at
least the same amount of time required for emplacement, if not more.

Temporary Storage --

     In the temporary, short-term storage area, Zone Z, it is assumed that
an average,of 300 tons or 240 pallets per week are stored for a period of
two years.   After an initial buildup of material (24,000 pallets), the amount
of waste material sent to storage will be offset by a similar amount of
material removed from storage.  Waste pallets may be stored in 1, 2, 3, or
4 pallet stacks.  To facilitate retrieval, rooms will not be filled to
capacity (Figure 29).

     Retrieval of Type D waste in Zone Z would be scheduled on a one-shift-
per-week basis and would be conducted concurrently with shipments to Zone Z.
The retrieval process will be the reverse of the emplacement procedure.  At
the shaft unloading area and the surface loading area, the backup forklift


                                     88

-------
trucks would be utilized to assist in the retrieval.  After a skip  load of
waste has been unloaded at the shaft bottom, a load of  retrieved waste will
be placed on the skip for hoisting.  In normal operations, retrieval will be
conducted by the regular storage crew and no additional personnel would be
required.  If necessary, the room preparation crew could assist in  the re-
trieval operation.  Retrieved wastes will be sent to the drum storage building
and then loaded to either a truck or box car to ship to the owner.

Storage Cell Preparation

     Preparation of the storage cell will be one of the major underground
activities.  A typical room used for storage will be approximately  60 by 60
by 22 feet in height.  Prior to use for storage, these  rooms will be cleaned
of waste salt and debris, will have the roof and ribs scaled and be roof
bolted, and will have the floor graded and brushed (Figure 30).  Preparation
will be done on a continuous basis, maintaining a one-month supply  (12
rooms) of prepared rooms in Zones X and Y.

     Waste salt produced during salt mining and stored  in the rooms must be
removed.  For this study, it was assumed that 5 percent of the storage vol-
ume was filled with waste salt.  This is taken to be 150 tons of waste salt
per room.  Most waste salt will be hauled to an unused  portion of the mine
space.  Some of it will be used to build ventilation stoppings within the
storage facility.  After the room is emptied, the roof  and ribs will be
scaled of loose rock and the roof is roof bolted.  This will be done on
four-foot centers using 10-foot bolts, requiring 225 bolts per room.  The
final step in room preparation will be to prepare a level floor for the
stacking of waste pallets.  In most cases this will be  accomplished by
spreading waste salt on the floor, spraying with water  and rolling.  Where
this  is not satisfactory, grading or brushing may be used.

Monitoring

      With the exception of Type D wastes (50 TPD), all  wastes will  be con-
verted to solid form and should not generate toxic, flammable, or hazardous
spills.  However, there is a remote possibility that a  broken drum  may re-
lease some waste that becomes airborne and enters circulating air systems.

      The minimum requirement of a detection, monitoring, and control system
will  include:

      •    Continuous monitoring of circulating air for
          particulates
      •    Continuous monitoring of storage Zone Z for free
          fluid
      •    A system for any employee to report any spill, odor,
          or any unusual sight at the instance of finding and to
          get immediate attention of a proper inspector
     •    The capability for analyzing all possible contaminants
          in air and water
     •    Decontamination .capability on surface and subsurface
          area


                                      89

-------
WASTE SALT  REMOVAL	         ROOF  A R!B  SCALING	
                                              CD     COQ
        ROOF  BOLTING
FLOOR GRADING *. BRUSHING

         O    0  0

                         £>>"::?


     Figure 30.  Schematic diagram of storage cell  preparation cycle.

-------
     A standard laboratory will be provided on the surface area.  In addition
to usual laboratory equipment, the laboratory will be provided with a gas
chromatograph, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, and organic carbon
analyzer.

     In addition to monitoring for possible contaminants, structural integrity
of the mine space has to be monitored.  This will be conducted by semi-
annual reading of convergence gauges and dilation pins.  A series of conver-
gence gauges and dilation pins had been installed during the mining opera-
tions as part of a monitoring program.  These instruments will continue to
be monitored as part of the storage operation.  Access to these monitors is
provided by omitting some waste pallets to provide manways as shown in
Figure 28.  Additional instruments will be added as needed.

Record Keeping

     The record keeping operation requires that records be maintained of all
stored drums, including type of waste, date of receiving, and storage loca-
tion.  Each drum will be coded for its waste type and date of receiving and
storage.  The storage crew supervisor will be responsible for recording the
location of these drums and maintaining the record file in both surface and
subsurface offices.

Underground Facilities

     Major underground facilities will include shafts, ventilation systems,
underground staging area, haulways, storage cells, and service buildings.
These facilities are discussed below.  Rehabilitation work specification and
their costs are summarized in Appendix D.

Shafts —

     Three shafts will be used in the storage plant.  Two shafts, the pro-
duction and the man shaft, exist, located in the vicinity of the surface
facilities.  The third shaft will be a new ventilation shaft located in the
mining area.  Fresh air will be taken in through the ventilation shaft and
exhausted through the production shaft.

     The production shaft will be a circular shaft, concrete lined, and 16
feet in diameter.  The shaft will be divided into two 5 by 6-foot hoisting
compartments and two service compartments.  A two-skip balanced electric
hoist will be used for production.  The 4 by 8 foot man shaft contains two
3% by 3% foot compartments.  A two-cage balanced electric hoist will be used.
The third shaft will be an 8 foot diameter concrete lined ventilation shaft.
It will be equipped with an emergency personnel hoist but is otherwise
without fittings.

     The ventilation shaft will be a new shaft 8 feet in diameter and 1,400
feet deep.  Minor rehabilitation will be required for the production shaft
and the man shaft.  This includes grouting some sections of both shafts and
rehabilitating shaft walls and shaft timbers.  These works and their costs
are summarized in Appendix D.


                                      91

-------
Ventilation System --

     The  ventilation system will operate in conjunction with  that of  the
active  salt mining facility.  Fresh air will be drawn into the mine by  a
5-foot-diameter fan located at the base of the new ventilation shaft  and
exhausted at  the production and main shafts (Figures 5 and 31).  In this
system, the main entries will provide fresh air for the haulage ways, the
underground service area, the underground staging area, and the various
storage zones.  All activity will take place in air that has  not passed
through the storage zones.  To prevent mixing of storage air  with fresh air,
a  series  of ventilation drifts have been established in a salt bed 100  feet
above the storage cells.  These drifts connect with the production shaft.
Ventilation raises  (36 in. diameter) located in each of the storage areas
connect the two levels.  Booster fans located at the top of each raise  ex-
haust the air from the storage zones.  A main backup fan is located in  the
underground service.

Underground Staging Area --

     The  underground staging area is intended to provide temporary storage for
one  day's production.  The staging area, which will be located adjacent to
the  production shaft (Figure 32), will consist of seven storage cells.  Each
cell will be  approximately 40 by 40 by 22 feet in height.  All cells  will be
roof bolted with 10-foot bolts on 4-foot centers.

Haulways  --

     Waste hauling will, as much as possible, be confined to  designated
haulways  (Figure 4), approximately 60 feet wide and 22 feet high.  The
primary haulway is presently existing.  The haul way will be separated from
the  rest  of the operation by ventilation stoppings.  These stoppings  will
consist of rooms filled with waste salt sealed at the top with brattice-foam
caps.   Doors  will be provided at periodic intervals to provide access to the
storage zones.  Secondary haulways will be established as needed within the
storage zones.  These will provide access to the active storage cells and in
turn become storage cells as they are no longer needed for haulage.

Underground Service Facilities --

     The  underground service area located at the base of the  shafts  (Figure
32)  will  contain various support activities, including office, record room,
lunch room, restrooms, first aid station, stock rooms, vehicle service  sta-
tion, repair  shop, and decontamination facilities  (Figure 33).  Sizes of
these facilities and their costs are summarized in Appendix D.
 Underground  Utilities  --

      Underground  utilities will
 and  fire  fighting equipment.
include electric power, water, diesel fuel,
     Electric Power—Electric power will be taken into the mine via a pipe
adjacent to the man shaft.  Electric lighting will be possible at all areas
                                      92

-------
                                                           LEGEND
0000000000000000000000000000
jaaaDaaoonaDaaaooDoaQoooaoo
oaaoaoooaooooaaoaaoaaooaa an® a
pa DO a DQDO.a.DDD nooaDO DDDD'anapfo a
aDDaaaaQDOaooDO an a n a a a a a a if o a D
3DDoaaoDDDDnaooaQDDaDQDD an a a a
DaDDDaaaaDDoaaDODODaaaa a/a a D a a
DDDDonnoaocDoaooaao 0000060002 a
DaaoaaaDDDDDDaaooooaDa yaa a n o a
jaaaaaaaooaaaaoaaDaQao era a a D a a
DnaaDaooaDDDDDaGQDana a ao a o a o a
DCDODDanODDDDDnODQO D ADDDQDnan
JuaaaDDaaDODDODoano apoaQoacina
aaoDDDDaaDDaaaonDa a\haaaaaauoa
rmDOQoaoaaoaooaaaa rva Qaaaoaaaa
oaaaQDODoaQaoaooa g/o a Q o^jsa a a D o a
DnaaDoanQQaoaaaaa a a a D cro q a o a en a
oaaaaaaoaauaaaa a 
-------
               il      Hi
ID
-p.
              0  30' 60' 90' 120'

               APPPOX,SCALE
                          KEY

1.  Production Shaft                  9.
2.  Man Shaft                        10.
3.  Underground Staging Area          11.
4.  Decontamination Facility          12.
5.  Fire Fighting Equipment Storage    13.
6.  Ventilation Access               14.
7.  Vehicle Service Area              15.
8.  Office
Record Room
Rest Rooms
Maintenance & Repair Shop
Stock Room
Lunch Room
First Aid Station
Water Storage
                          Figure  32.   Plot plan of underground service facilities.

-------
FRESH
WATER
                   r
       LAVATORIES
           3_
WASTE PUMP ROOM
       DO
       XI
       X
       X
     ECO N TAW I NATION
       ROOM
                                             HOSE CONNECTIONS
                                            WASTE DRAIN
            0
            L
 5
J_
10'   15'  20'
 I    l     I
    LOADING DOCK
                           APPPOX. SCALE
            Figure 33.  Underground decontamination  facility.

-------
of the storage operation, including the service area, the haulways, and the
storage zones.  Two separate power lines are available to the plant, and
should both lines fail, emergency mobile generator will be supplied  by the
local power company.

     Wate_r--Decontamination water will be piped underground under natural
head.  The water line will extend down the production shaft service compart-
ment and be piped to the decontamination facility, where it will supply a
20,000 gallon holding tank.  Mine water will be collected in a separate
20,000 gallon holding tank, where it can be pumped to the surface by a 75 gpm
single-lift pump.  Contaminated water will not be handled by these facilities.
All water used in decontamination operations will be placed in 55-gallon
drums at the decontamination facility and hoisted to the surface for process-
ing.

     Diesel Fuel—Diesel fuel will be piped underground under natural  head.
The fuel line will extend down a drill hole to the mine level and then to a
500-gallon storage tank.

     Fire Fighting Equipment—Fire fighting equipment will be housed adjacent
to the underground service area.  There is limited potential for fires in
the underground operations, due primarily to the lack of combustibles  under-
ground.  Fire will be controlled by standard non-water techniques such as
C02 and fire suppressing foam.

ALTERNATIVE STORAGE CONCEPTS

     Five alternative cases are included in this study.  These include three
different plant capacities of the same waste composition, an alternative
waste composition, and a non-container storage concept.  In summary, these
alternative cases are:

     •    Case 1  (Base Case):  1,250 TPD of Type A, B, C, and D
          waste are received, treated, dewatered, and container-
          ized.  Six hundred and eighty-five TPD of containerized
          waste is stored in underground storage cells,
     •    Case 2  (High-Capacjty Case):  The same waste composition
          as that in the base case.  The plant capacity is one and
          a half times that of the capacity of the base case.
          Handling of the waste is the same as in the base case.
     •    Case 3  (Low-Capacity Case):  The same waste composition
          and handling as those in the base case.  The plant ca-
          pacity is 188 TPD waste received and 103 TPD stored.
     •    Case 4:  Only Type B and C wastes (600 TPD) are received.
          The quantities and handling of Type B and C wastes are
          the same as those in the base case.  Because of the
          absence of Type A waste, many of the surface facilities
          in the base case will be eliminated,
     •    Case 5:  As in Case 4, only Type B and C wastes (600
          TPD) are received.  These wastes are treated, dewatered,
          and mixed with a cementizing additive to form a solid
          mass when it is placed and cured in the underground
          storage area.

                                      96

-------
     Facilities for these alternative cases and their general design criteria
are discussed below.

Case 2, High-Capacity Case
     In Case 2, 1,875 TPD of Type A, B, C, and D wastes would be received
and processed to store 1,030 TPD of containerized wastes.  The surface and
subsurface facilities would be primarily the same as those of the base case,
except sizes (and numbers) of equipment and facilities would be increased to
handle the increased waste loadings.  Assumptions and changes in design
criteria from those of the base case are:

     •    Two-shift operation of surface facilities and
          three-shift operation of subsurface facilities
          are assumed.
     •    Receiving and unloading facilities would be the
          same as those of the base case, except more
          forklifts would be needed.
     •    Sizes of  surface buildings would be increased by
          27 percent, except that the drum storage building
          would be  increased by 50 percent.
     •    Mine rehabilitation and underground service
          buildings would be the same as those of the base case.
     •    Capacities of all storage tanks and bins would be
          increased by 50 percent, by enlargement and
          additional tankages.
     •    Capacities of all process equipment (reactor vessels
          and filters) would be increased by 50 percent.
     «    Effluent  treatment capacity would bfe increased by
          50 percent.
     •    The containerization system would be the same
          as that of the base case.
     •    Chemical  storage capacities would be increased
          by 50 percent.
     •    All underground facilities would be the same as the
          base case, except for more drum handling equipment.

Case 3, Low-Capacity Case
     In Case 3, 188 TPD of Type A, B, C, and D wastes would be received and
processed to store  103 TPD of containerized wastes.  Waste treatment, con-
tainerization, and  storage methods would be the same as those of the base
case.  Because of the low capacity, some of the buildings and civil struc-
tures would be combined to include more than one activity, allowing changes
in  the plant layout and in the method of handling the wastes at various pro-
cess stages.  Assumptions and changes in the design cirteria from those of
the base case are:

     •    All facilities would be operated one shift,
     •    Surface process building sizes would be 33 percent
          of the base case, except that the containerization
          building  would be 50 percent of that in the base case.
     •    Shops, warehouse, and drum cleaning buildings would
          be combined into one and sized for 50 percent of

                                      97

-------
          those in the base case.
     •    Administration, safety/medical, and laboratory
          buildings would be combined into one and sized
          for 50 percent of those in the base case.
     t    Wastes, chemicals, and empty drums would be brought
          to the plant by trucks.
     •    Approximately 50 percent of the base case plot
          areas would be used.
     •    Capacities of all tanks and bins would be 15 percent
          of those in the base case.
     •    Capacities of transport systems (pumps and conveyors)
          would be 33 percent of those in the base case.
     •    Capacities of process equipment (reactor vessels and
          filters) would be 33 percent of those in the base case.
     •    Mine rehabilitation would be the same as that of the
          base case, except haulways and ventilation systems
          are reduced.
     •    Effluent treatment capacity would be 33 percent of
          that in the base case.  Only one evaporation-crystal-
          lization system would be needed.
     •    Containerization capacity would be 33 percent of
          that in the base case.
     •    Underground drum handling equipments would be
          33 percent of those in the base case.

Case 4
     Only Type B and C wastes (residue-type wastes) would be received for
underground storage.  Treatment and containerization of Type B and C wastes
would be the same as those in the base case.  Civil structures, buildings,
and equipment associated with Type A and D wastes in the base case would
be eliminated.  Assumptions and changes in the design criteria from those of
the base case are:

     •    All facilities would be operated two shifts, except
          waste receiving and unloading facilities, which
          would be operated for one shift.
     •    Wastes would be brought to the plant by trucks and
          raiTears.
     •    Waste receiving and unloading facilities would be the
          same as those of the base case, except that drum un-
          loading capacity would be reduced to half of that
          in the base case.
     t    Equipment and facilities involved with Type B and C
          wastes would be the same as those in the base case.
          Equipment and facilities involved with Type A and D
          wastes would be eliminated.
     •    Containerization and staging capacities would be
          67 percent of those in the base case,
     •    Effluent treatment capacity would be 33 percent of
          that in the base case.
     0    Surface service facilities would be reduced to
          50 percent of those in the base case.


                                      98

-------
     •    Mine rehabilitation, underground service facilities,
          and underground equipment would be the same as those
          in the base case, except that the number of the initial
          storage cells required are reduced proportionately.

Case 5, Non-Container Storage Case
     As in Case 4, only Type B and C wastes would be received.  Treatment
of Type B waste, namely neutralization of acidic/caustic sludges and sludge
dewatering would be the same as that in the base case.  However, instead of
containerizing these wastes in drums, the dewatered wastes would be mixed
with a stabilizing additive (cementizing reagent) and pumped into the mine
and to the storage area where the mixture would be cured to form a solid
mass.

     Surface facilities for receiving and unloading Type B and C wastes and
their treatment and dewatering would be the same as those of Case 4.  The
containerization and surface staging facilities would be eliminated.  The
concept of non-container storage is shown in Figure 34.

     Presently, three waste stabilization processes are commercially avail-
able in the country.  These include Synearth process (calcilox process) of
Dravo Lime Company, Chemfix process of Carborundom Company, and IUCS process
of I U Conversion System, Inc. All of these stabilization methods have been
known to solidify certain waste sludges such as power plant flue gas scrubber
sludge and some industrial waste residues.  Technical data on these processes
are scarce and generally limited to leachability tests of the solidified
products.

     Additional work is required to confirm or disprove the technical feasi-
bility of stabilizing (cementizing) hazardous wastes, which would allow
storage of the waste without the containerization.  However, available in-
formation strongly suggests that with proper preparation, this hazardous
waste residue could be solidified satisfactorily.  Selection of the proper
additive, the mixture composition, and the emplacement method would have to
be based on many more studies with waste materials and different additives.
Considerably more data on solidification mechanisms of different sludges and
different additives, their solidification rates, and the properties of
cured mixtures are required before such a facility can be designed.  For
this study, the Synearth process (calcilox process) was selected for the
conceptual design and approximate cost estimation.  Selection of the Synearth
process was not intended to imply that the process has a technical or econo-
mical advantage over the other processes.  The stabilization system shown in
this study is of a preliminary nature and involves assumptions on design
criteria that would have to be verified by extensive research and development
efforts before actual application.  These assumptions include:

     •    Waste salts and cured materials could be used to
          construct three-foot dikes to contain the mixture
          during the curing period.
     •    The mixture would be pumpable-
     t    The mixture would not have free flowing water,
          and it can be cured directly on the salt bed.


                                      99

-------
o
o
                                           Stab!izing Additive
                                            Storage Bin
           Dewatered Waste Cake

             Storage Bin
                                                       i_  Waste & Additive Mixer
^

•^ x

/
(





^\
r
j^
—
sine nt Pumping System
-,


SjQ
\

•«=r
^

.-•''-'1 -VA-. '."•.. ••'..•.•• A <^
^-•,li -.- •';;• 'A '••; :- — i:.-A— , 	 -
' v . ',"."•'. '-A1. • •• 1 '.-"•'• '/\ '.'.'• '.-.'t • • A
-' • ' - •, -/\' . • . •' • /\ '.• - • - -'/\^ • . . • '/\


>



<
-:->-.-.;<.;.-'A ^K A
P r1 Q c h MTV

>



^>


4




H


/ 	 r







                    Figure  34.   Schematic  diagram  of  stabilized  waste  storage  operation.

-------
     •    The mixture would not emit any toxic vapor or
          gaseous product that could harm the operating
          personnel  and public.
     •    The cured  mixture would support earth moving
          equipment  used in the mine.

     Four hundred TPD of Type B waste would be processed to produce 220 TPD
of filter cake having minimum 40 percent solid contents.  This would include
20 TPD solid residue resulting from evaporation of the plant wastewater.   Two
hundred TPD of Type  C waste would be received and stored.   Fifty TPD of Type
C waste would be brought to the plant in drums and transferred directly into
the mine and to the  storage area as is.   The major steps of the stabilization
system include:

     •    Mixing of  the additive and waste
     •    Pumping the mixture into the mine and to the
          storage cells
     •    Curing the mixture
     •    Preparation of the containment structures

     Major equipment of the stabilization system, in addition to waste re-
ceiving and unloading, treatment and dewatering, and mine hoisting system
would include:

     •    Additive Receiving and Storage: 32' x 10' x 8'
          hopper, 100 foot conveyor system, six 100 ton bins.
     •    Additive and Haste Mixing:  Two 6-ton/hour additive
          feeders, two 30 ton/hour sludge feeders, two 800
          cubic foot/hour ribbon mixers.
     •    Mixture Pumping System:  250 gpm cement pump system
          (dual-pump package unit), two 8-in. by 5,000-foot
          pipelines  and fitting system, 1,000-gallon surge tank.
     •    Preparation of Containment Structure;  A haul truck,
          a front-end loader, a forklift, two floor graders.
                                     101

-------
                                  Section 5

                         CAPITAL AND OPERATING COST


     Cost data associated with emplacement of hazardous wastes in an under-
ground salt mine are presented in this section.   The cost data include both
capital and operating costs.  The economic analysis, including the unit cost
(cost per ton), and sensitivity analysis are presented in Section 6.  The
capital cost reflects the costs of:

          Land and mine
          Site development
          Buildings and civil structures
          Equipment, piping, electrical, and instrumentation
          Engineering service, contingency, and  allowances
          during construction

     The operating cost reflects the costs of:

     •    Direct labor and materials
     •    Maintenance labor and materials
     •    Overhead labor and materials
     •    Taxes and insurances, and long-term
          liability insurance

     These costs were estimated based on the conceptual design of the waste
storage plant.  The method of cost estimation and summaries of the estimates
are presented in this section.

     The cost data were developed for the five alternative plant concepts;
three plant capacities (Cases 1, 2, and 3), an alternative waste composition
(Case 4), and an alternative storage method (Case 5).  The costs for these
alternative concepts were compared to evaluate the sensitivity of these
variables.   The cost data of the base case (Case 1) was also broken down to
the waste types (Types A, B, C, and D), so that  the cost for each waste type
subject to different processes could be compared.

     The most detailed cost estimation effort was made for the base case.
The base case capital costs were estimated from  the lists and specifications
of equipment, buildings, and mine rehabilitation requirements.  The lists of
these items, their specifications and their costs are summarized in Appen-
dices C and D.  The base case operating costs were estimated from a detailed
list of labor (Appendix E) and material requirements.

     All costs presented in this report are based on first quarter 1977

                                     102

-------
prices and wages.  Three versions of the same cost data are presented in
this report.  The most detailed cost estimates are presented in Appendices
C and D.  The intermediate summaries of the capital cost and the operating
cost are included in this section (Tables 13, 14, and 15), and the final
summaries of the total plant costs (Tables 1, 2, 3, and 4) appear in Section
2.
CAPITAL COST

     The capital cost (Table 13) includes the construction cost and the cost
of the mine (land, mine, and existing facilities).  The construction cost
includes:

          Direct field cost
          Indirect field cost
          Allowance during construction
          Engineering service cost
          Contingency

     Only the direct field cost was estimated in detail based on the plant
design.  The other construction costs were estimated by relating them to
the direct field cost based on statistical information of similar projects.

Direct Field Cost

     The direct field cost was categorized into seven groups;

          Equipment
          Site development, buildings, and civil structures
          Plant utilities
          Piping, electrical, and instrumentation
          Mine rehabilitation
          New mine facility ventilation system

     A detailed breakdown of each category is included in Appendices C and D.
For each item, the installed unit cost was estimated.  The cost information
was obtained from informal vendor contacts as well as extrapolation of pub-
lished data and Bechtel historical information.

     Some of these costs were obtained as installed unit costs, while others
were estimated from the costs of equipment, estimated bulk material, con-
struction labor, and subcontracts.

Equipment Cost --

     All mechanical equipment involved in receiving and unloading of the
wastes, surface transfer, and, storage, treatment, containerization, trans-
port into the mine and storage cells, and final emplacement of the wastes
are included in this category.
in
  The cost of equipment was estimated from the conceptual  design presented
Section 4.  Lists of equipment, specifications, and costs  are summarized
                                     103

-------
    TABLE  13.    CAPITAL COST  ESTIMATE OF  FIVE  ALTERNATIVE CASES
                 Item
Base Case
  Case 1      Case 2
                                                                        Case 3    Case 4   Case 5
           WASTE QUANTITY

           Received Waste, Tons/Year
           Stored Waste, Tons/Year
                                                   SlOOO's    JlOOO's    SlOOO's   SlOOO's   SlOOO's
 375,000    562,500
 205,500    309,000
          56,250     180,000   180,000
          30,900     126,000   126,000
EXISTING MINE:
          'Land & Existing Facility*
  30,000    30,000
           30,000    30,000    30,000
NEW SURFACE  FACILITY:

SITE DEVELOPMENT & BUILDINGS

Site Preparation & Grading
Receiving 4  Unloading Buildings
Waste Storage  Buildings
Process Buildings
Plant Wastewater Treatment Buildings
Service Buildings
PLANT UTILITY

PROCESS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

Receiving & Unloading Equipment
Storage & Treatment Equipment
Containerization  Equipment
Plant Wastewater  Treatment Equipment
Laboratory & Monitoring Equipment
360
610
750
2,996
180
1.430
6,326
S60
1,225
4,808
1,945
4,250
200
406
717
1.085
4,014
229
1,824
8,275
714
1,270
6,852
2,092
5,021
200
130
203
150
1,140
119
710
2,452
370
454
2,592
973
1,845
200
234
494
375
1,877
119
944
4,043
370
972
1,786
1,484
1,845
200
234
382
375
1,156
119
944
3,210
370
972
2,023
96
1,845
200
                                                   12,428     15,435
                         6,064
                     6,287     5,136
PROCESS PIPING,  ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION

Piping @ 30% of  Mechanical Equipment
Electrical  @ 25% of Mechanical  Equipment
Instrumentation  @ 15% of Mechanical  Equipment
   3,728
   3,107
   1,864
4,630
3,859
2,314
                                                    8,699     11,083
1,819
1,516
  910

4.245
1,886
1,572
  943

4,401
1,541
1,284
  770

3,595
DIRECT FIELD COST. SURFACE FACILITY

NEW SUBSURFACE  FACILITY:

H1NE REHABILITATION

Production  Shaft Rehabilitation
Loading & Unloading Station
Man Shaft Rehabilitation
Underground Staging
Haulway Rehabilitation
Storage Cell  Preparation
  28,013     35,905
   1.250
                                                    1,749
1,250
              1,794
           13,131    15,101    12,311
1.250
            1,614
1,250     1,250
36
256
52
63
92
36
256
52
63
•137
36
256
32
17
23
36
256
52
63
60
36
256
32
17
23
           1,717    1,614
                                       continued
                                                 104

-------
                              TABLE  13.   (Continued)
                                                 Base Case
          Item                                      Case 1     Case 2      Case 3   Case 4   Case  5

VENTILATION SYSTEM
New Ventilation Shaft
Ventilation System - Airways & Equipment
UNDERGROUND SERVICE BUILDINGS
UNDERGROUND EQUIPMENT
Loading, Hoisting & Unloading Equipment
Hauling Equipment
Storage Equipment
Ventilation Equipment
Miscellaneous Underground Equipment
DIRECT FIELD COST, SUBSURFACE FACILITY
TOTAL DIRECT FIELD COST
TOTAL INDIRECT FIELD COST
e SOX of Construction Labor (&% of Total
Direct Field Cost)
TOTAL FIELD COST
11000's

2,750
1.687
4,437
231
351
183
1,031
82
165
1,812
8.229
36,242
2,175
38,417
SlOOO's

2,750
1 .667
4.437
231
351
236
1,495
82
190
2.354
8,816
44,721
2,684
47,405
. $100TE

2,750
8
2.758
111
188
no
764
47
99
1.208
5,691
18,822
1,129
19,951
$1000's

2.750
1,687
4.437
231
351
183
1,031
82
165
1,812
8,197
23,298
1,398
24,696
SlOOO's

2,750
1,687
4.437
231
158
54
1,325
82
159
1,778
8,060
20,371
1,222
21,593
ALLOWANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION-

e IX of TFC + $500,000                                 884       974         699      747       716

ENGINEERING SERVICE

9 15X of TFC                                         5,763      7,111       2,993     3,704     3,239


CONTINGENCY

9 25X of TFC                                         9.604     11,851       4,988     6,174     5,398
            TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST                 54,668     67,341      28,631    35,321    30,946

WORKING CAPITAL                                                    •                  .  „     3 ogs
9 lOX of TCC                                        5«*67      6'734       Z*80J     JfSJ      '

            TOTAL INVESTMENT                        90,135    104,075      61,494    68,853    64,041
 NOTE:       Number of  significant figures shown in the  table may
            exceed those justified by accuracy of the estimate.

            * See page 107
                                                 105

-------
in Appendix C.  The cost information for these items was obtained from
reports of parametric studies, potential supplier's quotes, and Bechtel cost
information files.  Some of the equipment costs were obtained as package
system costs.  These include the liquid waste incineration system, the vapor-
recompression evaporation system, and the drum containerization system.

Site Preparation, Building, and Civil Structure Cost --

     Site preparation includes site clearing, grading, and new railroad
tracks.  Buildings and civil structures include 10 receiving and unloading
stations, seven service buildings, five process and waste storage buildings,
and nine underground service buildings.  The construction costs for these
items were estimated from the required bulk material, labor, subcontract,
and permanent equipment.  Specification for these work items and their costs
are shown in Appendix D.  These costs are summarized in Table 13.

Plant Utility Cost --

     The plant utilities include the steam generating boiler, cooling tower,
electric power supply and lighting system, storm and sewage drainage systems,
yard safety, and the compressed air system.  The costs of these items, except
the boiler and cooling tower, were estimated from the required bulk material,
labor, subcontract, and permanent equipment.  The costs of the boiler and
cooling tower were obtained as package unit costs.

Piping, Electrical, and Instrumentation Cost --

     All pipings, electrical works, and the instrumentation necessary for the
operation of surface process equipment are included in this category.  Based
on historical information of similar type and size projects, the costs of
piping, electrical, and instrumentation for surface facility were estimated
to be 30, 25, and 15 percent of the installed equipment cost, respectively.
For the subsurface facility, the costs of piping, electrical, and instru-
mentation were incorporated into the facility costs.

Mine Rehabilitation and New Mine Facilities Cost --

     Most of the existing underground mine facilities will  be reused with
minor rehabilitation.  These include production shaft, underground staging
area, haulways, and waste storage cells.  The only new mine facility required
for the waste storage is the ventation system consisting of new 8- by 1,400-
foot shaft, ventilation fans, and ventilation raises, drifts, and stoppings.
The specifications and costs of these work items are shown in Appendix D and
summarized in Table 13.

Mine Acquisition Cost --

     The cost of acquiring an operating mine can be approached from several
points of view.  One basis for evaluation is facility replacement value.   The
cost of the mine could be determined by the replacement value of the existing
plant, equipment, facilities, and land at today's prices.  The second approach
would be in terms of an opportunity cost.  The value could be determined, not


                                     106

-------
by the existing facilities, but by the value of alternative uses for the
facility.  A third approach would establish value in terms of the cost of
creating a new mine to meet the needs of the storage operation.

     The approach selected for use in this study was that of facility re-
placement value.  This was considered the best approach for this study because
of the availability and reliability of needed information.  Actual capital
costs and investment were determined and adapted to the modified mine in
order to establish a facility replacement value ($30,000,000).

     The opportunity cost approach was not pursued because of the lack of
information relating to the purchase of mines for alternative uses.  It was
felt that development of this type of data was outside of the scope of the
contract.  The space created in salt mining has several alternative uses
which render the space potentially valuable.  These include petroleum storage,
compressed air storage for peak shaving of electric power, and warehouse
space.   Presently, the federal government is negotiating with several mining
companies to acquire existing mines for use for strategic oil storage.  One
mine owner has stated the cost of its mine to be $160,000,000 (Wall Street
Journal, 4/20/77).  Once these negotiations have been accomplished, a
suitable opportunity cost may be available and related to the current project.

     The third alternative, developing new mine costs, was not pursued.
This approach could perhaps be utilized in determining the cost of a combined
new mine and storage facility.

     In  this study, $30,000,000 was set as the acquisition cost of the mine
and facilities.  This represents the replacement value of a mine similar to
the one  described in the study.  Included in this evaluation are the surface
land, surface plant, the mine shafts, and the underground facilities.

     In  the particular mine selected, the assumption was made that the mine
facilities would be relocated at a distance from the hazardous waste storage
facility.  This would allow continuous operation of both the mine and the
storage  facility.  In order to achieve this, however, all the mine facilities
would have to be replaced.  The salvage value of the existing surface and
plant facilities would be minimal.  The relocation of the mining activity
would necessitate the development of a new mining system utilizing new
equipment.  The $30,000,000 acquisition value represents the cost of re-
placing  the existing facilities and does not represent the cost of developing
new facilities at a new location.

Indirect Field Cost

     The indirect field costs are those construction cost items that cannot
be  ascribed directly to the individual construction work item.  These in-
clude temporary construction facilities, miscellaneous construction services
such as  general cleanup, construction equipment rental, field overhead, and
field insurance and taxes.  Based on past projects of similar type and size,
the indirect field cost was estimated as 6 percent of the total direct field
cost.
                                      107

-------
Engineering Service Cost

     The engineering service cost includes those costs for plant design,
specification, vendor-drawing review, procurement service, estimating and
scheduling services, quality assurance, and construction management.  Based
on Bechtel data, the engineering service cost for this type of plant was
estimated to be 15 percent of the total field cost.

Allowance During Construction

     The cost for obtaining various permits, environmental impact reports,
and public relations and education are included in this category.  Public
acceptance of the project is very important.  Public education must be
planned in advance of the plant construction.  Public relations and educa-
tion will involve both state and local communities.   The activities would
include education on the needs of the project, the safety of the project,
and the potential benefits of the project to the community and the state.

     Initially, the public relations and education program will be a joint
effort of the owner and a consultant in the field, but when the plant starts
operating, a permanent staff will be hired to handle the program on a con-
tinuous basis.  The cost items for the public relations and education pro-
gram are public notification, community forums, survey by questionnaires,
brochures and articles, a spokesman, and a planning staff.

     Various permits from local, state, and federal  governments will be re-
quired for the construction of the plant and its operation.  An environmental
impact report of the project will also be required.   Based on Bechtel in-
formation and experience, $200,000 was estimated as the cost of the environ-
mental impact report, and 1 percent of the total field cost was allocated
for the public relations and education program and for acquiring the
necessary permits before and during construction.

Contingency

     The capital cost estimate for this study was based on the conceptual
design of the facilities.  This design contains uncertainties in the effec-
tiveness of some of the selected processes, in quantity and size of some of
the selected equipment, and in their pricing.  Often in a conceptual design,
a process is simplified due to the lack of detailed information, and the
cost estimate based on the conceptual design may miss the cost items that
only detailed design can reveal.  The contingency includes the allowance for
these uncertainties within the design and pricing.  Based on past experience
with projects of a similar type and size, the contingency for this project
was estimated to be 20 percent of the total field cost.

OPERATING COST

     The operating cost was estimated from the conceptual facilities design
and its operating plan described in Section 4.  The operating costs were
divided into four categories:
                                     108

-------
     •     Direct Labor and Materials
          —  Direct operating labor
          --  Chemicals, containers, and utilities
     •     Maintenance Labor and Materials
          --  Maintenance labor
          --  Maintenance materials
     t     Plant Overhead
          --  Administrative and staff personnel
          --  General supplies
     •     Fixed Cost
          --  Taxes and insurance
          --  Depreciation
          --  Long-term liability insurance

     The operating costs for all five alternative cases are summarized in
Table 14.   The base case operating cost was divided into the costs for the
four waste types according to their actual process requirements.   The
allocation of the base case operating cost to the four waste types is shown
in Table 15.   The cost allocation to the four waste types compares relative
operating costs of the different wastes received at the plant.   The cost
allocation does not imply that a waste storage plant receiving only a part
of the base case waste can operate at the corresponding cost.  The operating
cost per ton shown in Tables 14 and 15 does not include the cost of capital
(interest charge on the capital).  The unit cost (cost per ton), which in-
cludes the cost of capital, is presented in Section 6.

     All plant personnel, except administrative and staff personnel, were
assumed to be union members.  Their annual salaries are based on hourly
wages and 2,400 working hours per year plus 8 percent for overtime compen-
sation and 30 percent for the payroll additive.  The labor costs used in
this study were based on the actual union labor costs of the selected mine.
All materials and utility costs are the costs of those delivered to the
selected mine site.

Direct Labor and Materials

Direct Labor Cost --

     For every step of the waste pathway shown in the material flow charts
(Figures 8 through  12), operating manpower requirements, including numbers
and types of personnel, were estimated.  In general, operating personnel
are classified into labor  (utilityman), operator (equipment operator), and
foreman (supervisor).  The detailed labor requirement and costs are shown in
Appendix E.  The summary of the labor cost for all five cases is shown in
Table 14.

Chemicals, Containers, and Utility Costs •?-

     Chemical usage is based on the waste composition and the treatment
requirement shown in Tables 7 and 9, respectively.  Stabilization additive
will be used only in Case 5 and its usage is discussed in Section 4.  Unit
costs of these chemicals  (cost per ton) delivered to the plant site and their


                                     109

-------
annual costs are shown in Tables 14 and 15.

     Container costs were based on $22 per drum (55-gallon, open top, epoxy-
lined, 16 gauge steel drum) delivered to the plant site.  Drum usage is
based on 625 pounds of the waste per drum.  Heavy duty  pallets will be
delivered to the plant at $6 each.  Their usage is based on one pallet for
four drums.

     Based on the approximate horsepower (3,500 HP for the base case) of
involved equipment and their usage, the total electric power requirement
was estimated.  Similarly, usages of diesel fuel (1,770,000 gallons per year)
and gasoline (20,000 gallons per year) were estimated.  Potable water usage
(3,000,000 gallons per year) was estimated at 35 gallons per person per day.
All utility costs were based on current prices at the selected mine site.

Maintenance Labor and Material Cost

     Maintenance labor for the five alternative cases was estimated in the
same manner as that for the direct operating personnel.  Categories, numbers
in each category, and their annual costs are shown in Appendix E.  Total
maintenance labor costs are shown in Tables 14 and 15.

     Maintenance materials include equipment replacement and maintenance,
and repair supplies, including lubricating oils, replacement parts, and
other supplies used in conjunction with repair work.   Maintenance material
costs were approximated by relating them to the total equipment costs.   Due
to difficulty of determining service life of the equipment, higher than
normal equipment maintenance cost was used as an alternative to the main-
tenance material plus the investment in the replacement facility.  The cost
of maintenance materials for the surface equipment including replacement
facility were approximated to be 15 percent of the total surface equipment
cost, while the maintenance material cost for the underground equipment was
approximated to be 20 percent of the total underground equipment cost,

Plant Overhead

     The plant overhead includes the cost of administrative and staff per-
sonnel and the cost of general supplies.  Numbers and types of administrative
and staff personnel required for the base case operation were estimated on
the assumption that the waste storage plant is a combination of a chemical
manufacturing plant and a salt mine.  Composition of the administrative and
staff personnel and their costs are shown in Appendix E.  Total administra-
tive and staff personnel costs are shown in Tables 14 and 15.

     General supplies include office supplies, medical supplies, laboratory
supplies, and other supplies used in normal operation of the plant, excepting
the direct materials and maintenance materials.  The cost of general supplies
was approximated to be 5 percent of the total labor cost.

Fixed Cost

     The fixed cost includes property taxes and insurance, depreciation,  and


                                      110

-------
TA.BLE 14.   OPERATING COST ESTIMATE OF FIVE ALTERNATIVE CASES
Item
WASTE QUANTITY
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
DIRECT MATERIALS & LABOR
RAW MATERIALS 4 UTILITIES
SURFACE OPERATION:
CHEMICALS
Sulfur Dioxide (liquid, $185/Ton)
Chlorine (liquid, S210/Ton)
Lime (90%, $55/Ton)
Caustic Soda (50% sol., $105/Ton)
Ferric Chloride (352 sol., $52.5/Ton)
Sulfuric Acid (782 sol.. $54/Ton)
Stabilization Additive ($45/Ton)
DRUMS & PALLETS:
Drums (55 gallon epoxy lined, $22 ea.)
Pallets ($6 each)
UTILITIES:
Power (S0.04/KW-HR)
Fuel Oil ($0.37/gallon)
Gasoline ($0.60/gallon) ,
Water 4 Sewer Service ($1.0/10J gallon)
SUBSURFACE OPERATION
UTILITIES:
Power ($0.04/KW-HR)
Diesel Oil ($0.37/gallon)
Water & Sewer Service (Sl.0/103 gallon)
DIRECT LABOR
SURFACE OPERATION:
Waste Receiving 4 Unloading
Waste Treatment
Containerlzation 4 Staging
Plant Wastewater Treatment
SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
Loading, Hoisting & Unloading
Hauling
Storage
Storage Cell Preparation
Stabilization (Case 5 only)
TOTAL DIRECT LABOR
Base Case
Case 1
$1000's
375,000
205,500
133.2
571.2
330.0
456.8
23.6
10.8
0
1,525.6
12,540
855
13,395
760
655
12
3
V;430
272.4
203.4
a,
476.6
16,827.2
639.1
498.3
1,048.3
369.4
2,555.0
388.8
169.2
160.6
421.2
1,139.8
3.694.8
continued
Case 2
Case 3
SlOOO's $1000's
562,500 56,250
309,000 30,900
199.8 20.0
856.8 85.7
495.0 49.5
685.2 68.5
35.5 3.6
24.3 2.4
0 0
2,296.6
18,810
1,283
20,093
1,120-
951 .
16
4
2,091
328
304
1.2
633.2
25.113.0
913.4
593.3
1.260.7
369.4
3,136.8
533.2
253.8
240.8
645.1
1,722.9
4,859.7
229.7
1,881
128
2,009
152
100
3
.8
255.8
56
40
.3
96.3
2.590.3
260.9
148.3
311.0
175.0
895.2
144.0
46.1
93.6
144.0
427.7
1,322.9
Case 4
Case 5
SlOOO's SlOOO's
180,000 180,000
126.000 126,000
0 0
0 0
42.9 42.9
0 0
11.8 11.8
0 0
0 220.0
54.7
7,700
525
8,225
320
163
6
1.6
490.6
272
160
.7
432.7
9.203.0
382.6
221.0
766.1
175.0
1.544.7
288.0
169.2
160.6
370.8
988.6
2.533.3
274.7
0
0
0
360
163
6
1.6
530.6
192
50
.7
242.7
1,042.0
382.6
375.1
0
175.0
932.7
144.0
46.1
72.7
97.9
365.0
725.7
1,658.4
                             in

-------
                              TABLE  14.  (continued)
Item «•*« "se
Case 1
MAINTENANCE
LABOR
SURFACE OPERATION:
SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
MATERIAL 1
SURFACE OPERATION (915% of Surface Equipment^
SUBSURFACE OPERATION (@ 20% of Underground
Equipment)
3
OVERHEAD
5,
ADMINISTRATIVE & STAFF PERSONNEL
SURFACE OPERATION: 1
SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
1
GENERAL SUPPLIES
SURFACE OPERATION: (0 5% of Labor)
SUBSURFACE OPERATION (0 5% of Labor)

SlOOO's
685.9
879.1
,565.0
,253
390
,643
208
,288.3
197.7
,486.0
226
111
337
Case 'i
SlOOO's
841.9
1,065.6
1,907.5
4.145
471
4,616
6,523.5
1,592.0
296.6
1,888.6
279
154
433
Case 3
$1000's
318.2
159.8
478.0
1,602
241
1,843
2,321
485.0
49.4
534.4
85
32
117
Case 4
SlOOO's
526.1
852.5
1,378.6
1.659
362
2,021
3,399.6
828.0
197.8
1,025.8
145
102
247
Case 5
SlOOO's
526.1
388.1
914.2
1,365
356
1 ,721
2,635.2
583.0
152.2
735.2
102
63
165
FIXED COST
                   ,y,                         1,823        2,321.6      651.4  1,272.8     900.2
 TAXES AND INSURANCE^'

 9 2% of Plant Cost and  $1.10 per ton for
 Long Term Liability Insurance                  2,215        2,700      1,292    1,575     1,479
OPERATING COST '4*
(4)
Cost Per Ton Received ,S/Ton
Cost Per Ton Stored'4' .S/Ton
29,769
79.3
144.7
41 ,520
74
134
8,178
145
265
17,984
100
143
7,720
43
61
        NOTE:  (1)  Number of  significant figures shown  in this table may exceed  those justified
                    by accuracy of the estimate.

               (2)  Labor costs include 30% payroll  additive and 8% overtime compensation.

               (3)  Insurance  includes $1.10 per ton (0.5C/gallon) of received waste  for Long
                    Term Liability and other insurances.

               (4)  Cost of Capital and depreciation is  not included.
                                             112

-------
TABLE 15.   OPERATING COST ESTIMATE OF BASE  CASE AND  ITS
           TYPES A.  B.  C, AND D HASTES
ALLOCATION TO
Item
WASTE QUANTITY:
Received Waste, Tons/Yr
Stored Waste, Tons/Yr
DIRECT MATERIALS & LABOR
RAW MATERIALS i UTILITIES
SURFACE OPERATION
CHEMICALS:
Sulfur Dioxide, (liquid, $1S5/ton)
Chlorine, (liquid, $21 O/ ton)
Lime, (90%, S55/ton
Caustic Soda, (50% sol., 5105/ton)
Ferric Chloride, (35% sol., $52.5/ton)
Sulfuric Acid, (78J sol.. S54/ton)
Stabilization Additive, ($45/ton)
DRUMS & PALLETS:
Drums, (55 gallon, epoxy lined, $22 each)
Pallets. ($6 each)
UTILITIES:
Power, (S0.04/KWH)
Fuel Oil, ($0.37/gallon)
Gasoline, ($0.60/gallon)
Water & Sewer Service ($1.0/103 gallon)
SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
UTILITIES:
Power, ($0.04/KUH)
Diesel Oil, ($0.37/gallon)
Hater & Sewer Service, ($1.0/103 gallon)
DIRECT LABOR (2)
SURFACE OPERATION:
Waste Receiving & Unloading
Waste Treatment
Containerization 4 Staging
Plant Wastewater Treatment
SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
Loading, Hoisting & Unloading
Hauling
Storage
Storage Cell Preparation
Stabilization (Case 5 Only)
TOTAL DIRECT LABOR
BASF CASE '(CASE n
Total
$1000's
375,000
205,500
133.2
571.2
330.0
456.8
23.6
10.8
0
l',525.6
12,540
855
13.395
760
655
12
3
1,430
272.4
203.4
.8
476.6
lfr.827.2
639.1
498.2
1.048.3
369.4
2.555.0
338.8
169.1
160.7
421.2
0
1.139.8
3,594.3
!*£e_A
$1000's
180.000
64,500
133.2
571.2
287.1
456.8
11.8
10.8
0
1,470.9
4,620
314
4,934
508
492 •
5.8
1.4
1,007.2
79.7
59.5
.2
139.4
7.551.5
261.6
303.8
359.4
240.1
1.1 64 ..9
113.7
49.5
47.0
123.2
0
333.4
1.498.3
Type B
$1000 's
120,000
66,000
0
0
42.9
0
11.8
0
0
54.7
4,708
322
5,032
216
163
3.8
1.0
383.8
81.5
60.9
.3
142.7
5,611.2
223.2
194.4
359.4
99.7
876.7
116.4
50.6
48.1
126.1
0
341.2
1.217.9
Type C
Type 0
SlOOO's $iOOO's
60,000 15,000
60,000 15,000
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
3.212
219
3,431
28
0
1.9
.4
30.3
74.1
55.3
.2
129.6
3,590.9
91.6
0
291.0
22.2
404.8
105.8
46.0
43.7
114.6
0
310.1
714.9
0
0
0
0
8
0
.5
.2
8.7
37.1
27.7
.1
64.9
73.6
62.7
0
38.5
7.4
108.6
52.9
23.0
21.9
57.3
0
155.1
263.7
                                  continued
                                 113

-------
                                   TABLE  15   (continued)
             Item                                         BASE  CASE  (CASE  1)
                                                Total          Type  A      Type B,   Type C    Type D
                                               $1000's       $1000's     $1000's   SlOOO's   $1000's
MAINTENANCE
 LABOR
    SURFACE OPERATION:                            686.0         316.6       211.0     105.6      52.8
    SUBSURFACE  OPERATION:                         879.0         257.1       263.1     239.2     119-7
                                               1,565.0         573.7       474.1     344.8     172.4

 MATERIAL
    SURFACE OPERATION:(15% of Surface Equipment)3.253         1,745       1,074       396        38
    SUBSURFACE  OPERATION: (202 of Und. Equip.)    390           114         117       106        53
                                               3,643         1,859       1,191  -     502        91
 °VERHEAD                                      5,208         2,432.7     1,665.1     846.8     263.4
    ADMINISTRATIVE & STAFF PERSONNEL
1,288.3
197.7
1,486.0
226
m
337
594.6
57.8
652.4
104
33
137
396.4
59.2
455.6
70
33
103
198.3
53.8
252.1
35
30
65
99.0
26.9
125.9
17
15
32
    SURFACE OPERATION:
    SUBSURFACE OPERATION:

 GENERAL SUPPLIES
    SURFACE OPERATION:
    SUBSURFACE OPERATION:
                                               1,823           789.4       558.6     317.1     157.9
  FIXED COST
    TAXES i INSURANCE13^
    (9 2X of plant cost and $1.10 per  ton for
    Long Term Liability Insurance)              2,215           933         696       428       158
OPERATING COST ^'
Cost Per Ton Received^ ',$/Ton
Cost Per Ton Stored^4', $/Ton
29,769
79.4
144.9
13,205
73.4
204.7
9,749
81.2
147.7
5,898
98.3
98.3
917
61.1
61.1
          NOTE:  (1)  Number  of  significant figures shown in this table may exceed those  justified
                      by accuracy of  the estimate.
                 (2)  Labor rate includes 30? payroll additive (fringe benefits) and 8? overtime compen-
                      sation.
                 (3)  Insurance  includes $1.10 per ton (0.54/gallon) of received waste for  Long Term
                      Liability  and other insurance.
                 (4)  Cost of capital and depreciation is not Included.
                                                114

-------
long-term liability insurance.

Property Taxes and Insurance  —

     Property taxes and plant insurance were approximated to be 2 percent of
the plant cost.  This includes property taxes paid to city, school district,
and state, and property insurances against loss or disablement due to fire,
flood, and explosion.  The long-term liability insurance is handled separately
and discussed below.

Depreciation --

     The simple straight line depreciation method was used to compute the
cost of plant depreciation; that is, annual depreciation is equal to the
total depreciation value divided by the plant service life.  The plant
service life is determined based on presently available mine space and waste
storage rates.  The maximum plant service life was assumed to be 40 years.
The plant service lives for Cases 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are 30, 20, 40, 40 and
40 years, respectively,  In actual operation, all cases may have much longer
service life because concurrent salt mining activity can produce more new
mined space than that used by the waste storage.

     The depreciable value is the total plant cost minus the salvageable
value at the end of the plant service life.  The land and some portion of
the surface facilities and equipment will be salvageable at the end of the
plant service life.  However, at the end of service, the facility will have
to be decommissioned.  This may include removing some of the surface facili-
ties, construction of physical barriers in the mine to prevent potential
water intrusion, and plugging up all shaft holes.  It is impossible to es-
timate the salvageable value  or the decommissioning cost with any accuracy
at the present time.  For simplicity, it was assumed that all salvageable
values will be used in decommissioning the plant at the end of its service
life.  This will result in depreciating plant cost over the plant life.

Long-Term Liability Insurance --

     The problems of perpetual or long-term care and liability of hazardous
waste management facilities are of vital concern to the public.  Some of the
considerations related to implementing long-term care and liability pro-
visions are:

     •    Operation of plant  by reliable owner
     •    Final closing and subsequent perpetual monitoring
          and maintenance of  the storage facility
     •    Financial capability of the owner in the
          assessment of possible liability

     With respect to the perpetual monitoring and maintenance after the mine
is filled to capacity, it was assumed that the underground facility will
be permanently decommissioned including construction of impermeable barriers
and sealing the shaft openings so that monitoring and maintenance will not
be required.  The cost for the decommissioning will be paid out of the sal-


                                     115

-------
vage value.   Accordingly, it is not anticipated that a combined surety bond
and perpetual  care fee will  be required.

     With respect to the liability insurance problem, it was assumed that the
owner will have liability insurance against a hazardous waste pollution in-
cident in addition to the standard public liability protection.  Currently,
numerous unresolved questions concerning  financial  liability, insurability,
government indemnification,  and standards must be resolved before a univer-
sally acceptable methodology can be developed to determine an appropriate
premium for such liability insurance.   For this study, it was assumed that
long-term liability insurance for the  hazardous waste storage operation will
be $1.10 per ton of received waste (0.5
-------
     Grouting of the two existing shafts would be required because of the
condition of the overlying beds.  Many other bedded salt deposits would
require similar grouting.  There are, however, some operations in which this
would not be necessary.  The dollar figures  (production shaft grouting --
$1,000,000; and service shaft grouting — $225,000) are costs for the selec-
ted mine and would not necessarily be the same for other operations.  They
would vary depending upon the depth to the grout zone and the specific prob-
lems associated with the water  inflow.

     Storage cell preparation will involve the removal of waste salt from
the proposed storage cells.  Many salt mines store waste salt underground
in the abandoned mine workings.  The amount of salt and the difficulty in
removing it will vary from mine to mine.  This will be reflected in both the
capital costs in terms of initial cell preparation and in the annual operating
cost, since salt will be removed on a continual basis during the life of the
operation.  The disposal of waste salt may add significantly to the under-
ground operating costs.

     In the selected mine, roof bolting is proposed throughout the storage
area.  This is an added safety  precaution.  The majority of the mine has a
stable roof and has not presented any problem during mining.  The degree
of roof support required wil\ vary from mine to mine and will again be re-
flected in the capital cost and the operating cost.  It is expected, however,
that most bedded salt deposit mines would utilize roof bolting as an added
precaution.

     The ventilation system used in the selected mine will involve a two-
level system.  Fresh air will be taken in a new ventilation shaft located in
the area of the current mining  activity.  This air will be split, one portion
going to the mining operation,  and the other portion going to the hazardous
waste storage facility.  Air that enters each of the storage zones at the mine
level will be removed through ventilation raises to a level 100 feet above
the storage operation.  This air will then be removed to the production
shaft, where it will be exhausted to the surface.  This system will require
the development of a substantial amount of ventilation drifts as well as
six ventilation raises.  The cost of this system was approximately
$1,662,000 and was necessitated by the mine plan.  It was not possible to
route air that was passed through the storage cells to the exhaust shaft
without passing through areas in which men would be working.  The mine plan
of other mines will vary and this particular type of system may not be
necessary.

     In comparison with other mines of bedded salt, the capital costs pre-
sented in this study can be taken as representative of the costs that would
be incurred to convert an existing mine of bedded salt to a storage facility.
The operating costs for different mines would be similar.  The specific
differences that might occur are the cost of the ventilation shaft, the cost
of grouting the existing shafts, and the cost of developing a new ventilation
level for the mine.

     The primary difference between a hazardous waste storage facility loca-
ted in a bedded salt deposit and one located in a salt dome would be in the


                                      117

-------
size of the underground openings.  Room heights in dome salt may be as high
as 150 feet.  This height would pose difficult problems for the storage of
waste utilizing methods proposed in this study.  For this reason, a direct
comparison between the  cost of waste disposal in a salt dome, as opposed to
a bedded salt deposit, would not be accurate.   A different system would have
to be developed to utilize openings of such large scale.

     The costs developed in this study would be similar for other room and
pillar mines, regardless of the type of the deposit.  Assuming that the
deposit met the necessary requirements for isolation from water and stability,
the cost differences would be primarily a function of the specific site and
less dependent on the characteristics of the mined resource.  If, for example,
a suitable limestone mine was located, the cost of the storage operation
would be similar to that of the study mine.

     In general, then, the cost developed in this study can be taken as
representative of the costs of establishing a hazardous waste storage
facility in an existing mine.  The costs would be valid for room and pillar
mines of dimensions and depth similar to the example study.  A storage
facility located in a thinner seam would undoubtedly involve higher operating
costs.  This would be due primarily to the increased haulage distances
necessary to handle the same volume of waste.   The development of a storage
facility in a seam or an opening of larger dimensions would also probably
involve higher operating costs.  This would be due primarily to the additional
costs associated with stacking and stabilizing containerized waste at greater
heights.
                                     118

-------
                                  Section 6

                              ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
     The purpose of this section is to present the results of an economic
analysis of five hazardous waste storage alternatives (Cases 1 through 5)
for which capital investment and operating cost are presented in Section 5.
The objective of the analysis is to estimate the unit cost, cost per ton
(as received) to receive, treat, containerize (all but Case 5), and store
the hazardous waste.  The sensitivity of the unit cost to some of the plant
variables is also determined.

     The unit costs were estimated using the discounted cash flow net present
value methodology.  For each of the five cases, the unit costs were estimated
for two different plant ownership possibilities, namely private versus public:

     1.   The hazardous waste facility is privately owned, has
          a 10 percent return on investment, 100% equity, and
          pays 48 percent income tax.

     2.   The hazardous waste facility is government owned, has
          6 percent cost of capital, and pays no income tax.

     Also assumed for the economic analysis were the following:

     •    The plant will have a 300 stream-day operating year.
     •    The plant will process only 60 percent of its designed
          capacity in the first year; accordingly, only 60 percent
          of the chemicals, drums and pallets, utilities, and plant
          maintenance budget will be utilized in the first year.

     A summary of the economic analysis of the five cases is presented in
Table 16.  As shown in the table, the unit cost for each case is presented
for both the privately owned facility and for the government owned facility.
All unit costs shown in Table 16 are the waste management fee based per ton
of received waste, not per ton of stored waste.  Tables 17 through 26
present the pro forma discounted cash flow analysis for the privately owned
facility (Tables 17 through 21) and for the government owned facility (Tables
22 through 26).

     To ascertain the relative importance of the size of the storage plant,
the return on investment, and the cost of the mine on the estimated unit
costs, sensitivity analyses were performed on the base case unit cost as a
function on these parameters.  It is important to emphasize that the analysis
utilized order-of-magnitude cost estimates, and, therefore, the unit costs

                                      119

-------
IND
o
                                  TABLE 16.   SUMMARY OF WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE
                                       (UNIT COST PER TON,  1977 DOLLARS)

Capital Cost ($ 1,000's)
Tons Received per Year
Economic Life (years)
Waste Management Fee in Dollars
per Ton Received
• Privately Owned with 10%
Return on Inventment
• Government Owned with 6%
Case 1
90,135
375,000
30

130.65
101.40
Case 2
104,075
562,500
20

116.69
94.94
Case 3
61 ,494
56,100
40

376.71
232.77
Case 4
68,853
180,000
40

176.06
131.02
Case 5
64,041
180,000
40

118.15
71.16
                    Cost  of Capital

-------
               TABLE 17.  PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE 1, PRIVATELY OWNED
PO
F.ETUPN ON INVESTMENT 10.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
HII.'E
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
KET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
V»ASTL MANAGEMENT FEE (S130.65
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LAPOP
C'lC.-'.ICALS S CATALYSTS
DP.L"-'S (. PALLETS
UTILITIES
AD".IN & GENERAL
PLAM' SMUT
TAX!S 4 INSURANCE
DEPI ECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
SET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY t 48.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FP.OK OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEARl -1
30000.0
24668.0
54668.0
0.
54668.0
PER TON)0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-54668.0
-54668.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY CASE 1 (375000 TPV)
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
012345
0.
30000.0
30000.0
5467.0
35467.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-35467.0
-90135.0
0
0
0
0
0
16608
16608
3695
915
8037
1144
1823
3125
2215
2822
23776
-7167
0
-7167
2822
-4345
-4345
-94480

.
.
•
.7
.7
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.3
.3
.5
.5
.3
.3
.3
.3
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
48993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823. 0
5208.U
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
16403.4
4433.2
1197U.2
2d22.3
14792.5
14792.5
-79687.8
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
48993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
3259U.5
16403.4
7873.7
8529.8
2822.3
11J52.1
11352.1
-G8335.7
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
48993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
3259U.5
164U3.4
7873.7
8529.8
2822.3
11352.1
11352.1
-56983.7
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
48993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
52U8.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
16403.4
7873.7-
8529.8
2822.3
11352.1
11352.1
-45631.6
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
43993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5203.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
16403.4
7873.7
8529.8
2822.3
11352.1
11352.1
124649.3
30
0.
0:
0.
0.
0.
48993.9
48993.9
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2t!22.3
32590.5
16403.4
7873.7
8529.8
2822.3
11352.1
11352.1
233169.8
TOTAL
30000.0
54668.0
84668.0
5467.0
90135.0
1437432.2
1437432.2
1108SO.O
45157.4
396492.0
56435.4
5469U.O
154157.Q
66450.0
84668.0
968899 .8
468532.4
224895.6
243o36.8
84663.0
328304.8
238169.8
0.

-------
               TABLE 18.  PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE 2, PRIVATELY OWNED
ro
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
YEAR: -1012
RETURN ON INVESTMENT 10.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
MINE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($116.69
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS & CATALYSTS
DRUMS S. PALLETS
UTILITI ES
ADMIN Si GENERAL
PLANT MAINT
TAXtS S. INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 48.004)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW


30000.0
33341.0
63341.0
0.
63341.0

PER TON).
0.

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-63341.0
-63341.0


0.
34000.0
34000.0
6734.0
40734.0

0.
0.

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-40734.0
-104075.0


0
0
0
0
0

19714
19714

4860
1378
12056
1634
2320
3914
2700
4867
33729
-14014
0
-14014
4867
-9147
-9147
-113222



.
.
.


.8
.8

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.2

.2
.0
.2
.2
.2


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724 .0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
19252.4
2514.4
16738.1
4867.0
21605.1
21605.1
-91617.0
STUDY
3


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524 .0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
19252.4
9241.2
10011.3
4867.0
1487B.3
14878.3
-76738.7
CASE 2 (562500 TPY)
4 5


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
19252.4
9241.2
10011.3
4867.0
14878.3
14878.3
-61860.4


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
19252.4
9241.2
10011.3
4867.0
14878.3
14B78.3
-46982.1
10


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724 .0
2322.0
6524.0
2700 .0
4867.0
46387.0
19252.4
9241.2
10011.3
4867.0
1-4878.3
14878.3
27409.5
20


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

65639.5
65639.5

4360.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46367.0
19252.4
9241.2
1001] .3
4867.0
14878.3
14878.3
176192.7
TOTAL


30COO.O
67341 .0
97341.0
6734.0
104075.0

1266865.1
1266865.1

97200.0
45021.0
393823.0
53390.0
46438.0
127870.0
54000.0
97341.0
915033.0
351782.1
168855.4
182926.7
97341.0
280267.7
176192.7
0.

-------
                   TABLE 19.   PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE 3, PRIVATELY OWNED
ro
CO

RETURN ON INVESTMENT 10.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
MINE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($376.71
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMIC7.LS & CATALYSTS
DRUMS & PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADMIN t, GENERAL
PLANT MAINT
TAXES & -INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 48.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEAR: -1
30000.0
8631.0
38631.0
0.
38631.0
PER TON) 0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-38631.0
-38631.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
012
0.
20000.0
20000.0
2863.0
22863.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-22663.0
-61494.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
3805.8
3805.8
1323.0
138.0
1205.0
211.0
651.0
1392.0
1292.0
1465.8
7677.8
-3372.0
0.
-3872.0
1465.8
-2406.2
-2406.2
-63900.2
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21133.4
21133.4
1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
11489.7
3656.5
7833.2
1465.8
9298.9
9298.9
-54601.3
STUDY CASE 3 (56100 TPY)
345
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21133.4
21133.4
1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
11489.7
5515.0
5974.6
1165.8
7440.4
7440.4
-47160.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21133.4
21133.4
1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
11489.7
5515.0
5974.6
1465.8
7440.4
7440.4
-39720.5
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21133.4
21133.4
1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
11489.7
5515.0
5974.6
1465.8
7440.4
7440.4
-32280.1
20
0
0
0
0
0
21133
21133
1323
230
2009
352
651
2321
1292
1465
9643
11489
5515
5974
1465
7440
7440
79325
•

.
•
.4
.4
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.8
.8
.7
.0
.6
.8
.4
.4
.9
40
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21133.4
21133.4
1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
11489.7
5515.0
5974.6
1465.8
7440.4
7440.4
223133.8
TOTAL

30COO.O
28631.0
58631.0
2863.0
61494.0
828009.6
828009.6
52920.0
9108.0
79556.0
13939.0
26040.0
91911 .0
51680.0
'58631.0
383785.0
444224.5
213227.8
230996.8
58631.0
289627.8
228133.8
0.

-------
                 TABLE  20.   PRO  FORMA  DISCOUNTED  CASH  FLOW STATEMENT  FOR  CASE  4,  PRIVATELY  OWNED
ro
RETURN ON INVESTMENT 10.001
CAPITAL INVESTMENT!
» INE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($179.06
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS 4 CATALYSTS
ORUI'.S & PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADM IS 4 GENERAL
PLANT MA1NT
TAXES 4 INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 48.001)
I;ET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEAR: _1

30000. 0
15321. 0
45321.0
0.
45321.0
PER TON)Q.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-45321 .0
-45321 .0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
0 1 2
0.
20000.0
20000.0
3532.0
23532.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-23532.0
-6S853.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1 3050.1
13050. 1
2533.0
33.0
4935.0
554.0
1273.0
2040.0
1575.0
1633.0
14576.0
-1526.0
0.
-1526.0
1633.0
107.1
107. 1
-68745.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.
32230.
2533.
55.
8225.
923.
1273.
3400.
1575.
1633.
19617.
12f>l 3.
5321.
7291.
1633.
8924.
8924.
-59821.




2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
8
3
0
3
3
6
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.
32230.
2533.
55.
8225.
923.
1273.
3400.
1575.
1633.
19617.
12613.
6054.
6558.
1633.
8191.
8191.
-51629.
3




2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
8
0
9
9
8
CASE 4 (180000 TPY)
4 5

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.2
32230.2
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
1961 7.0
12613.1
6054.3
6558.8
1633.0
8191.9
8191.9
-43437. 9

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.2
32230.2
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
1961 7.0
12613.1
6054.3
6558. 8
1633.0
8191.9
8191.9
-35246.1
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.2
32230. 2
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
12613. 1
6054. 3
6558. 8
1633.0
8191.9
8191.9
87631 .8
40
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32230.2
32230. 2
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
1261 3. 1
6054.3
6558.8
1633.0
8191.9
8191.9
251468.9
TOTAL

30000.0
35321 .0
55321 .0
3532.0
68853.0
1270026.2
1270026. 2
101320.0
2178.0
325710.0
36551 .0
50920.0
134640.0
63000.0
65321 .0
779640. 0
490336. 2
2353E5.4
255000.9
65321.0
32032 1.9
251468.9
0.

-------
ro
en
                    TABLE  21.  PRO FORMA  DISCOUNTED CASH  FLOW STATEMENT  FOR CASE 5, PRIVATELY  OWNED
PETUPM ON INVESTMENT 10.00*
CAPITAL INVESTMENT!
MI'lE
FFOCKSS PLANT
TOTAL INVFSTPF.NT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
F.F.VENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE (S118.15
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS!
DIPfc'CT LAPOR
CHEMICALS 6 CATALYSTS
DHUr.5 S PALLETS
UTILITIFS
AD.VIi: t GFNE.RAL
PLANT V.AINT
TAXLS 6 INSURANCE
DTP! ECIATION
TOTAL OPFI'ATIHG COSTS
MET OPERATING INCOME
INCOVE TAX LIABILITY ( 48.00S)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CAS!1 FPOM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
YEAR I -1
30000.0
15000.0
45000.0
0.
450UO.O
PER TON)0.
0.
oooooooo
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-45000.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
0123

0.
15946.0
15946.0
3095.0
19041.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-19041.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
4221.8
4221.8
1658.0
165.0
0.
464 .0
9UO.O
1591 .0
1479.0
1523.6
7770.7
-3548. 8
0.
-3543.8
1523.6
-2025.2
-2025.2
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
147y.O
1523.6
9243.7
12024 .0
4u68.1
7955.9
1523.6
9479,5
9479.5

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0 ,
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
12024 .0
5771.5
6252.5
1523.6
7776.1
7776.1
CASE 5 (180000 TPY)
4 5
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
12024.0
5771.5
6252.5
1523.6
7776.1
7776.1
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
12024 .0
5771.5
6252.5
1523.6
7776.1
7776.1
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
12024 .0
5771 .5
6252.5
1523.6
7776.1
7776.1
40
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
21267.6
21267.6
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
12024 .0
5771 .5
5252.5
1523.6
7776.1
7776.1
TOTAL

30000.0
30946.0
60946.0
3095.0
64041.0
833658.9
833658.9
66320.0
10890.0
0.
30611 .0
36000.0
104346.0
59160.0
60946.0
36B273.0
465385.9
223385.2
242000.7
60946 .0
302946.7
238905.7
     CUMULATIVE CASH  FLOW
                                  -45000.0  -64041.0  -66U66.2  -56586.6  -4b810.5  -41034.4  -33258.3
                                                                                                  83383.4   238905.7
0.

-------
                 TABLE 22.   PRO  FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH  FLOW STATEMENT  FOR CASE  1, GOVERNMENT  OWNED
I\3
CT>
COST OF CAPITAL 6.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
MINE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($101.40
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS & CATALYSTS
DRUMS & PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADI11N & GENERAL
PLANT MAI NT
TAXFS & INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 0.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
YEAR: -1
30000.0
24668.0
54668.0
0.
54668.0
PER TONJO.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-54668.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY CASE 1 (375000 TPY)
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
012345
0.
30000.0
30000.0
5467.0
35467.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-35467.0
0
0
0
0
0
7764
7764
3695
915
8037
1144
1823
3125
2215
2822
23776
-16011
0
-16011
2822
-13189
-13189
.
.
.
•
.6
.6
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.3
.3
.6
.6
.3
.4
.4
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
38025.1
3595.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
8256.9
8256.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
38025.1
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5203.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
8256.9
8256.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
38025.1
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
8256.9
8256.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
38025.1
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
8256.9
8256.9
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
38025.1
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
6256.9
8256.9
30
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
38025.1
33025.1
3695.0
1525.6
13395.0
1906.6
1823.0
5208.0
2215.0
2822.3
32590.5
5434.6
0.
5434.6
2822.3
8256.9
8256.9
TOTAL

30000.0
54668.0
84658.0
5467.0
90135.0
1110492.4
111C492.4
110850.0
45157.4
396492.0
56435.4
54690.0
154157.0
66450.0
84668.0
968899.8
141592.6
0.
141592.6
84663.0
226260.6
136125.6
    CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
                                   -54668.0 -90135.0  -103324.4  -95067.5  -86610.6  -78553.7  -70296.8
                                                                                                   53556.6  136125.6
                                                                                                                         0.

-------
                   TABLE  23.   PRO  FORMA  DISCOUNTED  CASH  FLOW  STATEMENT  FOR  CASE  2,  GOVERNMENT OWNED
ro
—i
COST OF CAPITAL 6.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
1INE
PPOCt'SS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($ 94.94
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS & CATALYSTS
DRUMS S PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADV.IM ' TE>"=T)\L
PLA'JT ,-IAlNT
TAXES S INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 0.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEARl
30000
33341
63341
0
63341
PER TON10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-63341
-63341
HAZARDOUS WASTE
(THOUSANDS
-1 0
.0 0
.0 34000
.0 34000
6734
.0 40734
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0 -40734
.0 -104075
0.
.0 0.
.0 0.
.0 0.
.0 0.
10617.
10617.
4860.
1378.
12056.
1634.
2320.
3914.
2700.
4867.
33729.
-23111.
0.
-23111.
4867.
-18244.
.0 -18244.
.0 -122319.
MANAGEMENT STUDY CASE 2 (562500 TPY)
OF DOLLARS)
12345




3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
8
0
7
7
7
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
46 60.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724 .0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
7016.7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
-110436.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
7016.7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
-98552.3
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2'!00.0
4867.0
46387.0
7016-7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
-86668.6
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387 .0
7016.7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
-74784.9
10
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
7016.7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
-15366.3
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
53403.7
53403.7
4860.0
2297.0
20093.0
2724.0
2322.0
6524.0
2700.0
4867.0
46387.0
7016.7
0.
7016.7
4867.0
11883.7
11883.7
103470.8
TOTAL

30000.0
67341.0
97341.0
6734.0
104Q75.Q
1025287.8
1025287.8
97200.0
45021.0
393823.0
53390.0
46438.0
127870.0
54000.0
97341.0
915083.0
110204.8
0.
110204.8
97341 .0
207545.8
103470.8
0.

-------
               TABLE 24.   PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE 3, GOVERNMENT OWNED
ro
CO
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY
CASE 3 (56100 TPY)
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

COST OP CAPITAL 6.00%
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
MINT
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE (5232.77
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS!
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS (• CATALYSTS
DRUMS (. PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADMIN I, GENERAL
PLANT MAI NT
TAXES S INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 0.00»)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEARj -1


30000.0
8631.0
38631.0
0.
38631.0

PER TON) 0.
0.

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-38631.0
-38631.0
0


0.
20000.0
20000.0
2863.0
22863.0

0.
0.

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-22863.0
-61494.0
1


0.
Q.
0.
0.
0.

897.9
897.9

1323.0
138.0
1205.0
211.0
651.0
1392.0
1292.0
1465.8
7677.8
-6779.9
0.
-6779.9
.1465.8
-5314.1
-5314.1
-66808.1
2


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

13058.6
13058.6

1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
3414.8
0.
3414.8
1465.8
4880.6
4880.6
-61927.5



0
0
0
0
0

13058
13058

1323
230
2009
352
651
2321
1292
1465
9643
3414
0
3414
1465
4880
4030
-57046
3



•
.
.
•

.6
.6

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.8
.8
.8
•
.8
.8
.6
.6
.9
4


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

13058.6
13058.6

1323.0
230.0
20U9.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
3414.8
0.
3414.8
1465.8
4880.6
4880.6
-52166.3
5


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

13058.6
13058.6

1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
3414.8
0.
3414.8
1465.8
4880.6
4880.6
-47285.7
20


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

13058.6
13058.6

1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
3414.8
0.
3414.8
1465.8
4880.6
4880.6
25923.5
40


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

13058.6
13058.6

1323.0
230.0
2009.0
352.0
651.0
2321.0
1292.0
1465.8
9643.8
3414.8
0.
3414.8
1465.8
4880.6
4880.6
123535.7
TOTAL


30000.0
28631.0
5B631.0
2863.0
61494.0

510183.7
510183.7

52920.0
9108.0
79556.0
13939.0
26040.0
91911.0
51680.0
58631.0
383785.0
126398.7
0.
126398.7
58631.0
185029.7
123535.7
0.

-------
TABLE 25.   PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE 4, GOVERNMENT OWNED
COST OF CAPITAL 6.00»
CAPITAL INVESTMENT!
MINE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE!
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($131.02
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS!
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS f, CATALYSTS
DRUMS 4 PALLETS
UTILITIES
AUI'.Itl 4 GENERAL
PLA'Jl MA I NT
TAXES 4 INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 0.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW
YEAR! -1
30000.0
15321.0
45321.0
0.
45321.0
PER TON)0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-45321.0
-45321.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY CASE 4 (180000 TPY)
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
012345
0.
20000.0
20000.0
3532.0
23532.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-23532.0
-68853.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
5112.5
5112.5
2533.0
33.0
4935.0
554.0
1273.0
2040.0
1575.0
1633.0
14576.0
-9463.5
0.
-9463.5
1633.0
-7830.5
-7830.5
-766B3.5
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
23583.3
23583.3
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3956.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
-71084.2
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
23583.3
23533.3
2533.0
55.0
B225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3966.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
-65484.9
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
23583.3
23583.3
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3966.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
-59885.7
0.
0.
0,
0.
0.
23583.3
23583.3
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3966.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
-54286.4
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
23583.3
23583.3
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3966.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
29702.6
40
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
23583.3
23583.3
2533.0
55.0
8225.0
923.0
1273.0
3400.0
1575.0
1633.0
19617.0
3966.2
0.
3966.2
1633.0
5599.3
5599.3
141688.0
TOTAL

30000.0
35321.0
65321.0
3532.0
68853.0
924860.0
924860.0
101320.0
2178.0
325710.0
36551 .0
50920.0
134640.0
63000.0
65321.0
779640.0
145220.0
0.
145220.0
65321.0
210541.0
141688.0
0.

-------
                 TABLE 26.   PRO FORMA DISCOUNTED CASH  FLOW STATEMENT FOR CASE  5,  GOVERNMENT OWNED
CO
o
COST OF CAPITAL 6.001
CAPITAL INVESTMENT:
MINE
PROCESS PLANT
TOTAL INVESTMENT
WORKING CAPITAL
NET CAPITAL INVESTMENT
REVENUE:
WASTE MANAGEMENT FEE ($ 71.16
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING COSTS:
DIRECT LABOR
CHEMICALS t, CATALYSTS
DRUMS t, PALLETS
UTILITIES
ADMIN & GENERAL
PLANT MA I NT
TAXES & INSURANCE
DEPRECIATION
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS
NET OPERATING INCOME
INCOME TAX LIABILITY ( 0.00%)
NET INCOME AFTER TAX
PLUS: DEPRECIATION
CASH FROM OPERATIONS
NET CASH FLOW
YEARt -1
30000.0
15000.0
45000.0
0.
45000.0
PER TON)0.
0.
OOOOO OOO
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-45000.0
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY CASE 5 (180000 TPY)
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
012345
0.
15946.0
15946.0
3095.0
19041.0
0.
0.
oooooooo
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
-19041.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
922.3
922.3
1658.0
165.0
0.
464.0
900.0
1581.0
1479.0
1523.6
7770.7
-6648.3
0.
-6848. J
1523.6
-5324.7
-5324.7
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12809.0
12809.0
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
3565.4
0.
3565.4
1523.6
5089.0
5039.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12809.0
12809.0
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
3565.4
0.
3565.4
1523.6
5089.0
5089.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12809.0
12809.0
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
3565.4
0.
3565.4
1523.6
5089.0
5089.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12809.0
12809.0
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
3565.4
0.
3565.4
1523.6
5089.0
5089.0
20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12309.
12809.
1658.
275.
0.
773.
900.
2635.
1479.
1523.
9243.
3565.
0.
3565.
1523.
5089.
5089.




0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
7
4
4
6
,0
.0
40
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
12809.0
12809.0
1658.0
275.0
0.
773.0
900.0
2635.0
1479.0
1523.6
9243.7
3565.4
0.
3565.4
1523.6
5039.0
5039.0
TOTAL

3000C.O
30946.0
60946 .0
3095.0
64041 .0
500474 .7
500474.7
66320.0
10890.0
0.
30611.0
36000.0
104346.0
59160.0
60946.0
368273.0
132201.7
0.
132201.7
60946.0
193147.7
129105.7
     CUMULATIVE CASH FLOW           -45000.0  -64041.0  -69365.7  -64276.6  -59187.6  -54098.6  -49009.5
27326.0  129106.7
                      0.

-------
shown should not be construed as precisely accurate estimates.

     The sensitivity of the base case unit cost to the size of the storage
plant is presented in Figure 35.  The sensitivity of the base case unit cost
to changes in the return on investment is presented in Figure 36. Figure 37
presents the sensitivity of the base case unit cost to the cost of the mine.

     As shown in Figure 35, the unit cost per ton of received waste would be
reduced rapidly as the plant size is increased from 56,400 tons per year
(Case 3) to 375,000 tons per year (Case 1), but it gradually levels off as
the plant size is increased beyond 375,000 tons per year.

     As shown in Figure 36, the unit cost per ton is sensitive to the return
on investment.  If, for example, a return of 7.5 percent instead of 10 percent
was acceptable, the waste management fee could be reduced from approximately
$130 to $119, an 8 percent reduction.

     The sensitivity of the unit cost to the cost of the mine is presented in
Figure 37.  Changing the mine cost from $30 million to 50 million increased
the unit costs from approximately $131 to $171.
                                      131

-------
           700
             0
                          0.2    0.3    0.4   0.5   0.6
                              PLANT SIZE, MM TONS
                           (TON PROCESSED PER YEAR)
Figure  35.   Sensitivity of the base  case  unit cost to changes in plant  size.
                                   132

-------
   170



   160  -•



   150  -•




   140  - -
0  130 ••
2
D
   120 ••
   110 • •
   100 •-
                                   4-
       0%
4%
 8%         12%         16%

RETURN ON INVESTMENT
20%
Figure 36.  Sensitivity of the  base case unit cost to changes in the cost
            of capital.
                                  133

-------
  180
  160 --
o
o
I- 140 -f
  120 -•
                                                                       z

0

20

40

60

80
^^^^
100
                                   COST OF MINE


                                (MILLION DOLLARS)
  Figure 37.   Sensitivity of the base case unit  cost to changes in the cost

              of  the mine.
                                    134

-------
                                 REFERENCES


1.    R.  B.  Stone, P. L. Aamodt, M. R. Engler, and P. Madden, Evaluation of
     Hazardous Waste Emplacement in Mixed Openings, EPA - 600/2-75-040, U.S.
     EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975, 553 pp.

2.    J.  L.  Averett Mahloch and M. J. Bartos, Jr., Pollutant Potential of Raw
     and Chemically Fixed Hazardous Industrial Wastes and Flue Gas Desulfur-
     ization Sludges, EPA - 600/2-76-182, U.S. EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976,
     105 pp.

3.    H.  W.  Fuller, Residual Management by Land Disposal, Proceedings of the
     Hazardous Haste Research Symposium, EPA - 600/9-76-015, U.S. EPA,
     Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976, 269 pp.

4.    R.  B.  Fling, W. M. Graven, F. D. Hess, P. P. Loo, R. C. Rossi, and J.
     Rossoff, Disposal of Flue Gas Cleaning Hastes: EPA Shawnee Field Evalu-
     ation - Initial Report, EPA - 600/2-76-070, U.S. EPA, Washington, D.  C.,
     1976, 221 pp.

5.    Report to Congress, "Disposal of Hazardous Wastes," Office of Solid
     Waste Management, EPA, Publication No. SW-116, June 30, 1973.

6.    Booz, Allen Applied Research, Inc., A Study of Hazardous Waste Materials,
     Hazardous Effects, and Disposal Method, U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency Contract No. 68-03-0032, Bethesda, Md., June 30, 1972, three
     volumes, 406 pp., 544 pp., 460 pp.

7.    J.  T.  Funkhouser, Alternatives to the Management of Hazardous Wastes   at
     National Disposal Sites, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Contract
     No. 68-01-0556, Cambridge, Mass., Arthur D. Little, Inc., May, 1973,  two
     volumes, 235 pp., 235 pp.

8.    R.  S.  Ottinger, et al, Recommended Methods of Reduction, Neutralization,
     Recovery, or Disposal of Hazardous Waste. Vol. 1-16, U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency Contract No. 68-03-0089, Redondo Beach, Calif., TRW
     Systems Group, Inc., June 1973.

9.    Battelle Memorial Institute, Program for the Management of Hazardous
     Wastes, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Contract No. 68-01-0762,
     Richland, Wash., 1974, two volumes, 397 pp., 781 pp.
                                     135

-------
10.    J.  K.  Hoi combe, et al, Solid Waste Management in the Industrial  Chemi-
      cal  Industry, U.S. EPA Contract No.  68-03-0138, IR and T Corp.,  Ar-
      lington, Va., June 1974, 155 pp.

11.    R.  E.  Landreth, "Promising Technologies for Treatment of Hazardous
      Wastes," EPA 670/2-74-088, U.S. EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, November  1974,
      45 pp.

12.    L.  C.  McCandless, et al, Assessment of Industrial  Hazardous Waste
      Practices. Storage and Primary Batteries Industries, EPA Contract No.
      68-01-2276, Versar, Inc., Springfield, Va., January 1975, 258 pp.

13.    R.  G.  Shaver, et al, Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Haste Practices.
      Inorganic Chemical Industry, EPA Contract No. 68-01-2246, Versar, Inc.,
      Springfield, Va., March 1975, 502 pp.

14.    Calspan Corp., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous  Haste Practices in
      the Metal  Smelting and Refining Industry, EPA Contract No.  68-01-2604,
      Buffalo, New York, April 1975, three volumes.

15.    Jacobs Engineering Co., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous  Waste
      Practices in the Petroleum Refining Industry, EPA  Contract  No.  68-01-
      2288,  Pasadena, Ca., June 1976.

16.    Foster D.  Snell, Inc., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste
      Practices. Rubber and Plastic Industry. EPA Contract No.  68-01-3194,
      Florham Park, N.J., February 1976, three volumes.

17.    WAPORA, Inc., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices, Paint
      and Allied Product Industry, Contract Solvent Reclaiming Operations
      and Factory Application Coatings, EPA Contract No. 68-01-2656,  Washing-
      ton, D.C.  , 1976, 295 pp.

18.    WAPORA, Inc., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices.
      Electronic Components Manufacturing Industry, EPA  Contract  No.  - - ,
      Washington, D.C., March 1976.

19.    WAPORA, Inc., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices.
      Special Machines Manufacturing Industries,  EPA Contract No. - -  ,
      Washington, D.C., February 1976.

20.    J.  R.  McMahan, N. J. Cunningham,  L.  R. Woodland, and D. Lambcon, Hazard-
      ous Waste Generation, Treatment and Disposal  in the Pharmaceutical In-
      dustry. EPA ontract No. 68-01-2684,  A. D. Little,  Inc., Cambridge Ma.,
      July 1975, 175 pp.

21.    SCS Engineers, Inc., Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices.
      Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry, EPA Contract No.  68-01-3261,
      Reston, Va., September 1976, 224 pp.
                                     136

-------
22.   Versar, Inc., Assessment of  Industrial Waste  Practices, Textile  Indus-
      try, EPA Contract No. 68-01-3178, Springfield, Va., June 1976.

23.   Battle Columbus Lab., Assessment of  Industrial Hazardous Waste Prac-
      tices, Electroplating and Metal Finishing  Industry, EPA Contract No.
      68-01-2664, Columbus, Ohio,  January  1976.

24.   G.  I. Gruber, et al, Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Haste Practices,
      Organic Chemicals,  Pesticides  and Explosive  Industries, EPA Contract No.
      68-01-2919, TRW Systems, Redondo Beach,  Ca,  1976.

25.   Midwest Research Institute,  A  Study  of Haste  Generation, Treatment and
      Disposal in the Metals Mining  Industry,  EPA  Contract No. 68-01-2665,
      Kansas City, Mo., July 1976, 403 pp.

26.   California State Department  of Public Health, Hazardous Waste Disposal
      Survey, Sacramento,  Ca., January 1972.

27.   California State Department  of Public Health, Guidelines for Hazardous
      Haste  Land Disposal  Facilities, Sacramento,  Ca.,  January 1973.

28.   California State Department  of Public Health, Hazardous Haste Manage-
      ment — Law, Regulations and Guidelines  for  the Handling of Hazardous
      Waste, Sacramento,  Ca.,  February T9"7lT!

29.   California State Solid Waste Management  Board, Disposal of Environ-
      mentally Dangerous  Wastes  in California, Sacramento, Ca., August 1976.

30.   C.  S.  Dunn,  D.  Geary, 0. C.  Gilliland, and J. E.  Wyrick, Feasibility of
      Permanent  Storage of Solid Chemical  Waste  in  Subsurface Salt Deposits,
      Fenix  & Scisson,  Inc., Tulsa,  OK., Department of  the Army, Edgewood
      Arsenal Contract No.  DAA-15-71-C-0310, October 1971.

31.   L.  L.  Lackey,  T. 0.  Jacobs,  and S. R. Stewart, Public Attitudes  Toward
      Hazardous  Waste Disposal Facilities, EPA 670/2-73-086, U.S. EPA  Cin-
      cinnati, Ohio,  September 1973, 180 pp.

32.   M.  Shannon,  Long-Term Cares  and Liability  Issues  Related to Hazardous
      Waste  Treatment, Storage and Disposal Sites,  Fifth National Congress
      of  National  Solid Waste  Management Association, December 9, 1976.
                                      137

-------
                                 APPENDIX A*

                SUMMARY OF U.S.  HAZARDOUS WASTE QUANTITIES
             TABLE A-l.  HAZARDOUS WASTE QUANTITIES (U.S.)
                   (million metric tons annually)
INDUSTRY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

BATTERIES
INORGANIC CHEMICALS
ORGANIC CHEMICALS, PESTICIDES,
EXPLOSIVES
ELECTROPLATING
PAINTS
PETROLEUM REFINKG
PHARMACEUTICALS
PRIMARY METALS
LEATHER TAKING AND FINISHING
TEXTILES DYEING ACT FINISHING
RUBBER AND PLASTICS
SPECIAL MACHINERY
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
WASTE OIL RE-REFINING
TOTALS (TO DATE)
DRY BASIS
0.005
2.000
2.150
0.909
0.075
0.600
0.062
17.398
0.045
0.048
0.205
0.102
0.016
0.057
23.667
KET BASIS
0.010
3.400
6.860
5.276
0.096
1.300
0.065
20.355
0.146
1.770
0.785
0.162
0.023
J0.057
40.432
*Note:  These tables are summary of the reports on the
        assessment of industrial hazardous waste prac-
        tices.  These tables are obtained from the
        project offices.
                                 138

-------
            TABLE  A-2. HAZARDOUS  WASTE GROWTH PROJECTIONS
                                                   Amount
                                                 (Mill. Metric Tons/Yr.)
1974
INDUSTRY
1.
•2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7;
O.VTTERIES
nWRCANIC
CHEMICALS
ORGANIC CHEt-lICALS, PESTICIDES
AND EXPLOSIVES
ELECTROPLATING
PAINT AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
PETfQLEUIl REFINING
FHAK-IACEUTICALS
DRY
0.005
2.000
2.150
0.909
0.075
0.610
O.OG2
h'li'P
0
3
6
5
0
1
0
.010
.400
.860
.27-6
.096
.300
.065
1977
DHY i
0
2
3
1
0
0
0
.002
.300.
.500
.316
.084
.647
.070
V.'ICT
0.164
3.900
11.666
4.053
0.110
1.400
0.074
1983 %
DHY
0.105
2.800 -
3.800
1.751
0.105
0.693
0.104
wrr 'T
0.
4.
12.
5.
0.
1.
0.
209
800
666
260
145
500
108
GROWTH
1 - '83
2000
40
77'
92
30
12
68
8.  PRIMARY METALS SMELTING
    AND REFINING                  17.398*20.356*   18.211*  21.307*21.110*24.700*   21


9.  TEXTILES DYEING AND FINISHING  0.0-48   1.770     0.500    1.870  0.179   0.716    373

10. LEATHER TANNING                0.045   0.146     0.050    0.143  0.06S   0.214     51
11. SPECIAL MACHINERY              0.102   0.163     0.094    0.153  0.157    0.209     54

12  ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS          0.016   0.023     0.023    0.051  0.032    0.070    200

13. RUBBER AND PLASTICS            0.205   0.705     0.242    0.944  0.299    1.204     4G

14. WASTE OIL KG-REFIMIHG          0.057   0.057     0.074    0.074  0.344 ...0.144    253-

         TOTALS (TO DATE)          23.667  40.432    27.143   45.90931.347   51.245     32
                                                                                     63**

                * This  figure excludes primary metals Industry slaq arid Foundry  s.ind

               *l Fxcludtnrj  primary metals
                                           139

-------
TABLE A-3. EPA REGIONAL CENTER OF HAZARDOUS  WASTES
INDC
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.'
15.

BATTERIES
INORGANIC CHEMICALS
ORGANIC CHEMICALS,
PESTICIDES, AND EXPLOSIVES'
PHARMACEUTICALS
METALS MINING
PRIMARY METALS
PAINTS
ELECTEOPLATING
PETHDLSC*! REFINING
TEXTILES
LEATHER TANNING
RUBBER AND PLASTICS
SPECIAL MACHINERY
ELECTFQNIC COMPONENTS
WASTE OIL RE-REFINING
EPA REGION
V
VI
VI
II
IX
V
V
V
VI
IV
I
IV
V
II
V
% TOTAL
36.2
45.5
54.6
51.5
51.6
38.6
31.6
44.4
43.1
58.8
38.3
24.5
25.0-
28.0
30.1
                      140

-------
TABLE A-4.  HAZARDOUS WASTE PROFILE
        (MM METRIC TON, WET)
INDUSTRY

PRIMARY METALS
ORGANIC CHEitlCALS
ELECTROPLATING
INDUSTRIAL INORGANIC
CHEMICALS
TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
PETROLEUM REFINING
7 OTHERS
1974

20
7
5

4
2
1
1
WASTELOAD
1977

21
12
4

4
2
1
2
1933

25
13
5

5
1
1
2
PERCENT
MANAGED
OFF-SITE
2
2C
70

15
5
60
75
TOTAL
40
46
                                      52
18
                      141

-------
TABLE A-5.  EPA REGION RANKINGS:HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

I
II
1 in
IV
1 V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
!R5ICN (RANK)
(7)
(6)
(2)
6)
CD
0)
(10)
(8)
(4)
(8)
% OF TOTAL
' 3.0
'4,3
21,5
7,8
31,0
14,2
0,9
1,7
33,8
1.7
                            142

-------
 TABLE A-6.  STATE  HIGHLIGHTS: HAZARDOUS WASTE  GENERATION




                      (METRIC TONS - DRY WEIGHT)
STATE
(1) PENNSYLVANIA
(2) OHIO
(3) INDIANA
(4) TEXAS
v-
(5) ILLINOIS
(6) MICHIGAN
(7) WEST VIRGINIA
(8) NEW Y3PX
(9) LGUISLS^NA
(10) ALABAMA
(11) MARYLAND
(12) CALIFORNIA
QUANTITY
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(ID
(12)
3,278,328
2,899,797
2,268,171
2,124,047
1,378,351
1,224,139
778,288
739,850
739,850
689,600
637,507
659,189
% TOTAL
(1) 15.6%
(2) 13.8*
(3) 10.8%
(4) 10.1%
(5) 6.6%
(6) 5.8%
(7) 3.8%
{8) 3.7%
(9) 3.5%
(10) 3.28%
(11) 3.27%
(12) 3.14%
(37) VIRGINIA
(37)    32,872
                   (37)  0.16%
(50) NORTH DAKOTA
(50)
2,838
(50)
                             143

-------
                           APPENDIX  B
              SPECIFIC DESIGN  CRITERIA FOR THE
                BASE CASE SURFACE FACILITIES'
Criteria used for  the  design of the surface equipments are summarized

below.

Receiving and Unloading  Stations

    •   Types A and  B  waste tank car unloading — 90 minutes

    •   T.ypes A and  B  waste tank truck unloading — 60 minutes

    •   Type C hopper  car  and dump truck unloading — 60 minutes

    •   Drummed waste  box  car unloading — 90 minutes

    •   Drummed waste  container truck unloading — 60 minutes


Waste Storag'e

    •   The capacity of  each  tank  is one day's volume of a
        particular waste plus 10%  free board, except two day's
        capacity for tanks of acid and alkaline wastes

    •   Average liquid waste  density is assumed to be 9 Ibs/gal.

    •   Mixing power is  1  HP  per thousand gallon of Type
        A waste and 2  HP per  thousand gallons of Type B.waste.

    •   Transfer pumps have connected spares

    •   Storage bins for Type C waste have  one day's capacity —
        150 tons (90 Ibs per  cu. ft).  Transfer conveyor capa-
        city is 25 tons  per hour.


Waste Treatment

Type A-l, Chromate Waste
        Waste  composition is shown in Table 7.
          +6                 +3
        Cr  is  reduced to Cr   under acidic condition.  The
        reaction  is carried out continuously-   Thirty minutes
        residence  time is allowed at design capacity.
                                 144

-------
Type A-2, Cyanide Waste

    •   Waste composition is shown  in Table 7.

    •   Cyanide waste is reacted with chlorine and caustic
        according to

           2 NaCN + 5 C12 + 12 NaOH - 10 Nad +  2Na CO  + N  + 6H 0

    •   Four hours residence time is allowed  for  the reactions


Type A-3, Acid and Caustic Waste

    •   Waste composition is shown  in Table 7.

    •   Waste are neutralized by blending  them together
        along with lime addition.

    •   Twenty minutes residence time is allowed  for
        neutralization.


Type A Precipitation

    •   Precipitation with  lime  follows blending  of non-
         reactive wastes and  the  above treated wastes
         (one day's surge).

    •    Thirty minutes residence time is allowed  for the
         precipitation.
 Type  A Dewatering

    •   Rotary vacuum belt  filter at  a  filtration  rate
         of 5 gal. per per hour per square  feet.

    •   Filter cake is 40% solid, 90  Ibs per  cubic feet.
 Type B-l, Acid and Caustic Waste

     •   Acid and caustic sludge wastes are mixed together
         along with lime to neutralize excess acidity.

     •   Thirty minute residence time is provided for
         neutralization.

 Type B Dewatering

     •   Dewatering of inorganic and organic wastes is
         accomplished batchwise in automatic pressure filters.

     •   Filter cake is at minimum 40% solids.  Five tons
         per 90 minute filter cycle  is processed.
                                 145

-------
Effluent Treatment
    •   Effluent Treatment operates three shifts per day.

    •   Effluent storage capacities are:

          — 2 days for all filtrates
          — 1 day for all process wastewater
          — Runoffs from 6-inch rains on 10 acres,  0.9 run-
            off coefficient

    •   Vapor-recompression evaporation system capacity
        is 150 gpm.

    •   70% water is evaporated at 100 kwh/1000 gallons
        evaporated.

    •   Evaporator - crystallizer capacity is 100 tons
        per day and filter capacity is 5 tons per hour.

    •   75 gpm vapor-recompression evaporator is provided
        to work off contaminated storm runoff (15 days workoff^.

    •   Oily waste incinerator capacity is 600 gallons per hour.
        Heat release is 77 million Btu per hour assuming
        heating value of 15,000 Btu per pound.

Containerization

    •   300 drums per box car is unloaded in 90 minutes

    •   10,000 drums storage area (5 day supply) is provided.

    •   180 pallets per truckload is unloaded in one hour.

    •   2500 pallets storage area (5 day supply) is provided.

    •   Drum filling rate is 30 drums per hour per line.

    •   Each drum contains 625 Ibs of waste (52 gallons per
        drum, 12 Ibs/gal).

    •   Total Containerization capacity is 60% above the
        design rate of 585 tons per day based on two shift
        operation.


Staging

    •   Drums are stored on pallets (4 drums on each pallet).

    •   2 day storage is provided in staging area.

    •   'Types C and D waste in drums (50 TPD each) are trans-
        ferred from their storage area directly to the shaft
        area for lowering into the mine.
                              146

-------
                                         APPENDIX  C
                   TABLE C.   BASE  CASE  EQUIPMENTS  AND  COSTS
              SERVICE
                                                      DESCRIPTION
                                                 INSTALLED
                                                 EQUIPMENT
                                                 COST. $
SURFACE OPERATION
     RECEIVING  &  UNLOADING

Tank Car & Tank Truck Unloading
Drum Handling -  Opening, Unload-
ing, Pumping
Dump Truck Unloading

Dump Car Unloading

Transfer Conveyor System
(To Storage Bins)
Transfer Conveyor System
(To Filter/Surge Bins)
Drum Unloading
18 Pumps  (5-100 gpm, 4-100 gpm,  5-200 gpm,
4-200 gpm)

9-Pumps,
2-Drum Head  Removers,
2-500 Gallon Tanks,
4-Electric Forklifts,
4-Tractor Trailers

2-10'  xlO'  x6' Hopper & Conveyors

12' x 26' x  12' Hopper S Conveyor

12"0 x 40'H  Screw Elevator Conveyor,
12"0 x 75'L  Screw Conveyor,
16"0 x 45'H  Screw Elevator Conveyor
14"W x 220'L Belt Conveyor,
2 - 14"0 x 75'L Screw Conveyor

2 - 12"0 x 75'L Screw Conveyor,
12"0 x 30'H  Screw Elevator Conveyor
12" 0 x 45'L Screw Conveyor,
12"0 x 100'L Screw Conveyor

6 - Electric Forklifts (4 - 3,000  Ibs,
2 - 10,000 Ibs capacity)
  104,000



  326,000




   35,000

   45,000

  311,000





  224,000




  180,000


1,225,000
WASTE STORAGE & TREATMENT


     TYPE A WASTE:

Chromate Waste, A-l

Storage (Chromate Waste)



pH Adjustment

Chromate Reduction


Sulfur Dioxide Feeding


Sulfuric Acid Feeding
4 - 25,000 Gallon Tanks,
4 - 25 HP Agitators,
4 - 1.5 HP Feed Pumps

400 Gallon Vessel

1000 gallon Vessel ,
2.5 HP Agitator

Package SO? Feed System
Tank Car Air Padding Unit

6000 Gallon Tank
1 HP Pump
                                    Continued
  206,000



   42,000

   52,000


   60,000


   20,000


  380,000
                                              147

-------
                                TABLE  C  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                      DESCRIPTION
                                                                                       INSTALLED
                                                                                       EQUIPMENT
                                                                                        COST, $
Cyanide Waste, A-2

Storage (Cyanide Waste)



Cyanide Oxidation



Chlorine Feeding


Caustic Feeding
Acid/Alkaline  Waste. A-3

Storage (Acid  & Alkaline Waste)



Neutralization




Non-Reactive Waste, A-4

Storage (Non-Reactive Waste)
Lime Slaking  &  Feed System

Lime Unloading  &  Storage




Lime Slaking


Slaked Lime Feeding
4 - 25,000 Gallon Tanks,
4 - 25 HP  Agitators,
4 - 1.5 HP Feed  Pumps

2 - 3600 Gallon  Vessels,
2 - 7.5 HP Agitators,
3 - 1  HP Pumps

2 - Package Chlorine Feed Systems
with Air Padding Units

2 - 10,000 Gallon Tanks,
2 - 2  HP Pumps,
2 - 3/4 HP Feed  Pumps
4 - 50,000 Gallon Tanks,
4 - 25 HP Agitators,
5 - 1.5 HP Feed  Pumps

1200 Gallon Reactor
4 - 50,000 Gallon Tanks,
4-25 HP Agitation,
4 - 2.5 HP Feed  Pumps
32' x 10'  x 8'  Hopper,
50'H Bucket Elevator,
16"W x 50'L Conveyor Belt,
2 - 100 Ton Storage Bins

Lime Feeder, Package Slaker,
750 Gallon Slaker  Tank

10,000 Gallon Lime Slurry Tank,
15 HP Agitator,
2 - 1 HP Pumps,
10,000 Gallon Lime Feed Tank
181,000



169,000



100,000


 42,000



492,000




260,000



 90,000

350,000




270,000



270,000




113,000




 30,000


 57,000




200,000
                                   Continued
                                             148

-------
                              TABLE  C  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                  INSTALLED
                                                  EQUIPMENT
                                                  COST, $
Type A Waste Precipitation

Blend/Surge



Precipation
Type A Waste Filtration

Filtration


Cake Storage
Ferric Chloride Feeding
4 - 50,000 Gallon  Tanks,
8 - 25 HP Agitators,
4 - 2.5 HP Feed Pumps

2 - 3,000 Gallon Vessels,
2 - 6 HP Agitators,
3 - 6 HP Slurry Pumps,
3 - 3/4 HP Lime Slurry  Pumps
2 - 2,700 sq ft Vacuum Filters,
2-3 HP Filtrate Pumps

2 - 3' x 26' x 6'  Bins,
4 - 9"0 x 30'L Screw Conveyors,
2 - 10"0 x 30'H Elevator Conveyors,
2 - 9"0 x 15'L Transfer Conveyor

6,000 Gallon Tank,
2 - 1 HP Pumps,
2 - 1/3 HP Feed Pumps
300,000



180,000




480,000




753,000


177,000




 20,000



950,000
TYPE B HASTED

Acid/Alkaline Slurry Waste.  B-1

Acid/Alkaline Slurry Storage



Neutralization
4 - 25,000 Gallon Tanks,
4 - 25 HP Agitators,
4 - 1 HP Pumps

900 Gallon Yassel,
2.5 HP Agitstor
                                                    204,000
 86,000
                                                                                          290,000
Acid/Alkaline Slurry, B-1  Filtration.

Filter Feed



Filtration



Filtrate Storage


Filter Cake Storage & Transfer
2,500 Gallon Surge Tank,
1.5 HP Agitator,
3 - 7.5 HP Pumps

2,560 sq. ft., 4'  x 4'  x  80 Chamber,
Plate and Frame Filter  Press,
Static Mixer for FeCl3  Mixing

1 ,000 Gallon Tank
4 HP Pump

6' x 20'  x 4' (480 cu ft) Bin,
9"0 x 30'L Screw Conveyor
                                    continued

                                               149
 12,000



120,000



  4,000



 84,000


220,000

-------
                              TABLE C(continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                                                        INSTALLED
                                                                                        EQUIPMENT
                                                                                        COST. $
 Inorganic Slurry, B-2 Filtration

 Storage {Inorganic Slurry Waste)



 Feed Surge


 Filtration



 Filtrate Storage


 Filter Cake Storage 8 Transfer


 Cake Transfer




 Organic Slurry, B-3 Filtration

 Storage (Organic Slurry  Waste)



 Filter Feed Surge




 Filtration


 Filtrate Storage


 Filter Cake Storage & Transfer
TYPE C WASTE:

Storage (Waste C  -  Bulk)



WASTE CONTAINERIZATIOH


Filter Cake Surge
4 - 50,000 Gallon Tanks,
8 - 25 HP Agitators,
4 - 4 HP Pumps

2,500 Gallon Surge Tank,
1.5 HP Agitator

2 - 2,500 sq ft (41 x  4'  x 80 Chamber),
Plate and Frame Filter Press,
Static Mixer for Fed3 Mixing

2,000 Gallon Tanks,
2 - 4 HP Pumps

2 - 480 cu ft Bins,
2 - 9"0 x 30'L Conveyor

120' Conveyor System
4 - 25,000 Gallon  Tanks,
4 - 25 HP Agitators,
4 - 2 HP Pumps

2,500 Gallon Tank,
1.5 HP Agitator,
1/4 HP Pump,
3 - 6 HP Pumps

FeCl3 Mixer (Static Mixer),
2,560 sq ft Plate  & Frame Filter Press

1,000 Gallon Tank,
2 - 4 HP Filtrate  Pumps

2 - 6' x 20' x 4'  Bins,
150' Conveyor System
6 - 120 Ton  (12'  x 12' x 28') Bins,
6 - Screw Feeders
6 - 150 Ton  Capacity Bins,
6 - 10"0 x 25'L  Screw Feeders
280,000



 15,000


119,000



  8,000


 72,000


 97,000

591,000




198,000



 17,000




108,000


  7,000


140,000


470,000




115,000






144,000
                                     continued
                                             150

-------
                                TABLE C(  continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                  INSTALLED
                                                  EQUIPMENT
                                                   COST,  $
Drum Feed System
Drum Handling & Containerization
(Subcontracted Package)
Drum Moving
6 - 1  Ton Capacity Hoppers,
6 - Vibrating Feeders

950' (30"-40"W)  Empty  Drum Conveyor System,
600' (30'W) Containerization Conveyor System,
350' (60"W) Pallets Conveyor System,
6 - Automatic Drum Filling Units,
6 - Automatic Lidding  Units,
6 - Automatic Labeling Units,
6 - Automatic Drum Palletizing Units

1 - 3,000 Ibs Capacity Electric Forklift,
3 - 10,000 Ibs Capacity Electric Forklifts
   21,000


1,650,000
  130,000
                                                                                         1,945,000
PLANT WASTEVIATER TREATMENT:


Filtrate Concentration

Filtrate Storage


Evaporation (Filtrate)


Condensate Storage

Evaporation (Contaminated Storm
Water)
Brine Crystallization

Brine Surge


Crystalization (Evaporative)
Filter Cake Transfer S Storage
2 - 175,000 Gallon Tanks,
2 - 5 HP Feed Pumps

150 gpm Vapor Recompression Evaporator-
   Package Unit

140,000 Gallon Tank

75 gpm Vapor Recompression Evaporator -
 Package Unit
4,500 Gallon,
10 HP Agitator,
2 - 2 HP Feed Pumps

100 TPD Package Evaporator - Crystallizer,
2 - 5 TPH Centrifugal  Filters,
2 - 3/4 HP Slurry Pumps,
1,000 Gallon Slurry  Tanks.
650 Gallon Centrate  Tanks

105' Cake Conveyor System,
48 cu ft Capacity Bin
  170,000


1,750,000


   80,000

1,120,000


3,120,000




    5,000



  585,000





   60,000


  650,000
Oily Haste Incineration

Waste Storage
2 - 25,000 Gallon Tanks,
2 - 2.5 HP Agitator,
2 - 1/2 HP Feed Pumps,
                                                     112,000
                                       continued

                                               151

-------
              SERVICE
                                TABLE  C   (continued)
                                                      DESCRIPTION
                                                  INSTALLED
                                                  EQUIPMENT
                                                   COST,  $
Incineration
MONITORING &  ANALYTICAL INFORMATION
50 TPH (600 Gallons/Hour)Package Incinerator
 with Scrubber
                                                                                          368,000
                                                                                          480,000
Sample Analysis  & Mine Environment
  Monitoring
Standard Lab Equipment,
Gas Chrornatograph,
Nephalometer (Particulate in air),
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotoineter,
Organic Carbon  Analyzer
                                                    200,000
SUBSURFACE OPERATION
HOISTING
Loading on Hoist  System
Unloading from Hoist & Staging
Automation of Existing  Hoist System,
3 - New Skips,
3 - Forklifts (Electic)

3 - Forklifts (14,000 Ib capacity diesel
 forklifts)
  252,000
   99,000
HAULING
Loading on Truck  & Transfer to
 Storage Area
8 - Flat Bed Trailers  (25  ft.)
3 - Diesel  Tractors
  183,000
STORAGE
Storage Cell  Preparation 4
 Emplacement
3 - Forklifts,
3 - Haul  Trucks,
2 - Front-end Loaders,
2 - Utility Vehicles,
2 - Floor Graders,
2 - Roof  Bolters,
2 - Rollers,
2 - Water Trailers,
2 - Sealers,
2 - Brush
1,170,000
VENTILATION
Ventilation
1 - Main Fan
1 - Backup Fan
6 - Buster Fans

    continued
   82,000
                                              152

-------
                           TABLE  C  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                 INSTALLED
                                                 EQUIPMENT
                                                  COST. $
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
1  - First Aid Vehicle,
2  - Decontamination Vehicles,
2  - Fire Control  Vechiles,
2  - Utility Repair Vehicles,
4  - Personnel Carriers
                                                                                          165,000
PLANT UTILITIES

Boiler

Cooling Tower


Electric System


Drainage System

Yard Safety


Compressed Air System
20,000 Ibs/hr, 150  psi  Package Boiler

800 - 3,000 gpm Package Cooling Tower,
3-100 gpm pumps

Main Transformer, Motor Control Center
Yard Lighting

Storm Drainage, Sewage  System

Fire .Protection System,
Washdown Stations

100 psi, 150 U SCFM Package Air Compression
Unit
 60,000

170,000


 70,000


130,000

 60,000


 70,000
                                                                                          560,000
                                                153

-------
                                     APPENDIX  D

        TABLE  D.    BASE  CASE  CIVIL  STRUCTURES,  BUILDINGS,

                       MINE  REHABILITATION,  AND  COSTS
             SERVICE
                                                     DESCRIPTION
                                                                                     INSTALLED
                                                                                     EQUIPMENT
                                                                                      COST. $
SITE DEVELOPMENT

Site Preparation


Grading





Railroad Track






RECEIVING *.  UNLOADING

Truck Scale  Office & Pad


Rail Scale Office & Pad


Tank Truck Unloading


Container Truck Unloading


Dump Truck Unloading


Tank & Hopper Car Unloading

Box Car Unloading


Drum Unloading


Chemical  Unloading

Chlorine  Unloading
                                     R&F -  Roof and Floor; L - Lighting;  P - Plumbing;
                                     HVAC - Heating, Ventillation, Air Conditioning;
                                     SF - Steel Frame;  MW - Masonry Wall; 2ST - Two
                                     Stories
12.8 Acres  Site Clearing,3,300' x 7'H Fencing,
30,000 cu yd cut/fill  Earthwork

8,600 sq yd Concrete Paving,
5,700 sq yd Asphalt Paving,
3,200 sq yd Grassed Area,
24,000 sq yd Graveled  Area,
41,500 sq yd Base Preparation

2,200 ft New Track,
2,200 ft Remove Old Track
300 sq ft Office, RAF,  MW, L&P, HVAC
660 sq ft Pad, R&F, L

300 sq ft Office, R&F,  MW, L&P, HVAC
720 sq ft Pad, R&F, L

1,000 sq ft Platform
1,200 sq ft Building -  R&F, MW, SF, L

2,500 sq ft Platform
2,500 sq ft Building -  R&F, MW, SF, L

700 sq ft Building - R&F, SF, L,
3 side MW

4,375 sq ft Building -  R  , L, Gravel  Floor

720 sq ft Platform
1,800 sq ft Building -  R, L

1,800 sq ft Platform
3,520 sq ft Building -  R, L

6,000 sq ft - R, Gravel Floor, SF, L

1,200 sq ft - R, Gravel Floor, SF, L
                                   Continued
 90,000


166,000





104,000
360,000





 50,000


 51,000


 66,000


112,000


 31,000


 54,000

 46,000


112,000


 73,000

 15,000
                                                                                       610,000
                                             154

-------
                          TABLE  D  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                  INSTALLED
                                                  EQUIPMENT
                                                  COST, $
WASTE STORAGE

Storage Tank Area

Drummed Waste Storage
30,000 sq ft Graveled - Diked Area

2 X 27,600 sq ft, 2ST,  R&F, MW, SF, L,
HVAC
   17,000

  733,000


  750,000
 SERVICE BUILDINGS

 Adminstration Building


 Safety - Medical Building


 Laboratory


 Equipment Storage Building

 Warehouse

 Shops


 Drum Cleaning Building
PROCESS BUILDINGS

Waste Treatment Building


Filtration Building


Containerization Building


Staging Building
4,000 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, L&P, HVAC,
Furniture

2,925 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, L&P, HVAC,
Furniture, Standard  Equipment

2,600 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, L&P, HVAC,
Furniture

7,200 sq ft, R, Graveled Floor, Equipment

4,125 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, L&P, Equipment

4,800 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, HV, L&P,
Equipment

1,925 sq ft, R&F, SF,  MW, HV, L&P,
Equipment
2 X 5,250 sq ft,  2ST, R&F, MW, SF, HV,
L&P

2 x 11,100 sq ft, 2ST, R&F, SF, MW, HV,
L&P

2 X 40,250 sq ft, 2ST, R&F, SF, MW, HV,
L&P

2 x 44,000 sq ft, 2ST, R&F, SF, MW, HV,
L&P
  240,000


  200,000


  210,000


  260,000

  170,000

  260,000


   90,000


1,430,000





  400,000


  840,000


  836,000


  920,000


2,996,000
PLANT HASTEWATER TREATMENT  BUILDINGS

Wastewater Collection Ponds
55,000 Gallon  Lined Pond
1.6 MG Storm Water Pond
                                                    110,000
                                  continued
                                               155

-------
                              TABLE  D  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                  INSTALLED
                                                  EQUIPMENT
                                                   COST, $
Wastewater Solid Filtration  Building   500 sq ft, R&F,  SF,  MW,  HV,  L&P

Boiler House                          750 sq ft, R&F,  SF,  MW,  HV,  L&P
                                                      30,000

                                                      40,000
                                                                                           180,000
MINE REHABILITATION

Production Shaft
Rehabilitate Existing  16  ft Concrete
Lined Shaft - Grout  Wat.pr Bearing
Sandstone, Rehabilitate Shaft Walls
and Shaft Timbers
                 1,250,000
Loading & Unloading Station
Rehabilitation
Man Shaft
Underground Staging  Area
Haulways
Storage Cells
VENTILATION  SYSTEM  (NEW)

Ventilation  Shaft


Ventilation  System
Convert Existing Bulkloading Station
to Pallet Loading,  New  Shaft Housing
at Surface and Underground

Minor Rehabilitation  of Existing
Man Shaft - Grouting, Rehabilitate
Man Station

7 Rooms (40'  x 40'  x  22') - Waste
Salt Removal, Scaling of Roof, Roof
Bolting,  Floor Grading,  Provide
Lighting

Improve 8,000 ft of h^ulways and 8000
ft of Access  Roads- Scale  . Loose
Rocks   , Roof Bolting  as Needed, Floor
Grading,  Construct  20 Stopping and
Haulway Doors, Provide  Lighting

Prepare 24 Cells Initially- Remove Waste
Salts (300 tons per room),  Scale  Loose
Rocks, Install Roof Bolts, Grade Floor
Drill  New 8'  x 1,400'  Ventilation
      Case and Outfit
Shaft
Construct 50 New Stoppings and Remove
Existing 50 Stoppings,  6 New Ventilation
Raises (600 ft), 10,000 ft New Drifts
                                    continued
                    36,000
                  256,000
                    52,000
                   63,000
                    92,000
1,749,000





2,750,000


1,687,000



4,437,000
                                               156

-------
                             TABLE  D  (continued)
              SERVICE
                                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                 INSTALLED
                                                 EQUIPMENT
                                                  COST,  $
UNDERGROUND SERVICE  BUILDINGS
Office
Record Room
Lunch Room
Rest Rooms
First Aid Station
Stock Rooms

Vehicle Service Station
Repair Shop

Decontamination Room
400 sq ft,  R&F,  MW, L&P, Furniture
600 sq ft,  R&F,  MW, L&P, Furniture
600 sq ft,  R&F,  MW, L&P, Furniture
Two 150 sq  ft, R&F, MW, L&P, Furniture
300 sq ft,  R&F,  MW, L&P, Furniture
900 sq ft (400,  300, 200 sq ft), R&F,
MW, L&P, Furniture
1,000 sq ft Open Area with Workbench
900 sq ft Shop Area with Workbench and
Equipment
2,400 sq ft, roof and 3 side walls, L&P,
Equipment
 16,000
 24,000
 24,000
 12,000
 12,000
 37,000

  8,000
 20,000

 78,000

231,000
                                               157

-------
                                        APPENDIX  E
         TABLE  E.    BASE CASE  LABOR  REQUIREMENT  AND COSTS
 DIRECT LABOR
                                                  Men/Shift
                           Men/Day
                      Rate
                      $/Hr
                    Annual  Cost
                       $/Yr
    SURFACE  OPERATION:

 Waste Receiving & Unloading

 Wei ghmaster/Di spatcher
 Operator, Tow Tractor
 Operator, Tank Truck & Car Unloading
 Operator, Hopper Car & Truck  Unloading
 Operator, Forklift
 Labor,  Drum Cleaning
 Labor,  General
 Foreman
                                                17
               2
               1
               2
               0
               0
               2
               2
              J_

              10
            4
            3
            4
            1
            5
            4
            4
           J.

           27
             9.50
            10.50
            10.50
            10.50
            10.50
             8.70
             8.70
            11.10
           91,200
           75,600
          100,800
           25,200
          126,000
           83,520
           83,520
           53.280

          639,120
 Waste Treatment

 Operator, Type A Waste  Treatment
 Operatoi , Type A Waste  Precipitation
 Operator, Type A Waste  Filtration
 Operator, Chemical  Feed
 Operator, Type B Treat  &  Filtration
 Labor, Type B Waste Filtration
 Foreman
                                               10    10
                                                                    20
                                       10.50
                                       10.50
                                       10.50
                                       10.50
                                       10.50
                                        8.70
                                       11.10
                               100,800
                                50,400
                                50,400
                               100,800
                               100,800
                                41,760
                                53,280

                               498.240
 Containerization

 Operator, Drum Unloading Forklift
 Labor, Drum Unloading
 Labor, Drum Storage
 Foreman, Drum Unloading
 Operator, Fill  Station
 Labor, Drum Handling
 Operator, Forklift
 Foreman
                                               22    22
                              2
                              6
                              4
                              2
                             14
                              6
                              6
                                                                    44
                     10.50
                      8.70
                      8.70
                     11.10
                     10.50
                      8.70
                     10.50
                     11.10
                      50,400
                     125,280
                      83,500
                      53,280
                     352,800
                     125,280
                     151,200
                     106.560

                   1,048,300
Plant Wastewater Treatment

Operator,  Waste Concentration System
Operator,  Boiler
Labor
Operator,  Incinerator
Foreman
   TOTAL  SURFACE OPERATION
       1.5   1.5
         1     1
         1     1
        .5    .5
         1
              1
1.5
  1
  1
 .5
  1
        555

       54    47     5

continued
4.5
  3
  3
1.5
  3

 15

106
10.50
10.50
 8.70
10.50
11.10
  113,400
   75,600
   62,640
   37,800
   79.920

  369,360

2.555.020
                                              158

-------
                                    TABLE  E  (continued)
    SUBSURFACE  OPERATION:

 Loading,  Hoisting & Unloading

 Operator, Loading Forklift
 Labor,  Loading
 Operator, Hoisting
 Operator, Unloading Forklift
 Labor,  Unloading
 Foreman
                                                   Men/Shift
                                                                   Hen/Day
                      4
                      2
                      2
                      4
                      2
                     _2

                     16
                                Rate
                                $/Hr
                          10.50
                           8.70
                          10.50
                          10.50
                           8.70
                          11.10
                                  Annual Cost
                                     $/Yr
          100,800
           41,760
           50,400
          100,800
           41,760
         _ 53,280

          388,800
 Operator,  Haul Truck
 Labor,  Hauling
 Foreman
 2
 1
.5
                                               3.5   3.5
                          10.50
                          8.70
                          11.10
          100,800
           41,760
           26.640

          169,200
 Operator,  Forklift
 Labor
 Foreman
 1
 2
.5
 1
 2
.5
                                               3.5,  3.5
10.50
 8.70
11.10
 50,400
 83,500
 26,640

160,560
 Storage Cell & Haulway Preparation

 Operator, Frontend Loader
 Operator, Haul Truck
 Operator, Grader
 Operator, Roof Bolter
 Operator, Sealer
 Labor
 Foreman
   TOTAL SUBSURFACE OPERATION
1
2
1
2
1
1
.5
8.5
23.5
1
2
1
2
1
1
.5
8.5
23.5
0
0
0
0
0
0
p_
0
0
                                                                     17

                                                                     47
                               10.50
                               10.50
                               10.50
                               10.50
                               10.50
                                8.70
                               11.10
                                    50,400
                                   100,800
                                    50,400
                                   100,800
                                    50,400
                                    41,760
                                    26,640

                                   421,200

                                 1,139,760
MAINTENANCE LABOR,

   SURFACE OPERATION:

Welder
Machinist
Electrician
Mechanic
Pipefitter
HVAC
                               11.10
                               11.10
                               11.10
                               11.10
                               11.10
                               11.10
                                    26,640
                                    79,920
                                    79,920
                                    79,920
                                    53,280
                                    79,920
                                            continued
                                               159

-------
                                 TABLE  E  (continued)
   SURFACE OPERATION  (Continued)
                                                   Hen/Shift
Men/Day
Rate
$/Hr
                                                                                        Annual Cost
                                                                                           $/Yr
Operator, Equipment
Technician, Instrument
Foreman
Mechanic, Vehicle
Mechanic Helper,  Vehicle
                                                            16
   2
   3
   3
   2
  J_

  26
10.50
11.10
11.10
11.10
 9.50
   50,400
   79,920
   79,920
   53,280
   22,880

  685,920
   SUBSURFACE OPERATION:

Hoist Serviceman
Shaft Repairman
Ventilation Serviceman
Mechanic
Electrician
Machinist
Utility Man
General Maintenance Crew
Foreman
                                                12    12
   3
   1
   3
   3
   2
   3
   6
   8
  _4

  33
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
11.10
   79,920
   26,640
   79,920
   79,920
   53,280
   79,920
  159,840
  213,120
  106.560

  879,120
ADMINISTRATIVE & STAFF PERSONNEL

   SURFACE OPERATION:

Manager
Assistant Manager
Engineer
Chemist, Lab & Quality Control
Inspector
RN & Safety Engineer
Guards & Custodian
Accountant, Clerical,  Stenographer
Traffic Engineer
Warehouseman
                                                25    14
   1
   2
   2
   6
   4
   6
   9
  11:
   2
  _4

  44
25.50
18.80
16.50
13.50
13.50
11.10
10.50
io.so
11.10
10.50
   61 ,200
   90,240
   79,200
  162,000
  129,600
  133,200
  201,600
  277,200
   53,280
  100.800

1,288,320
   SUBSURFACE OPERATION:

Inspector
Accountant, Clerical,  Stenographer
Underground Supervision
                        53,280
                        91,2QO
                        53,280

                       197,760
NOTE:      «   Labor,  ccst  includes 30» payroll additive and 8» overtime  compensation.

           i   Number  of  significant figures shown in this table may  exceed  those
               justified  by accuracy of the estimate.
                                                 160

-------
                    APPENDIX F


HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE AT HERFA-NEURODE, GERMANY
                 Inspection Visit
                      of the
             Hazardous VJaste Storage
                        at
              Herfa-Ncurode, Germany
                        of
                   Kali & Salz
                         by
                 Charles H.  Jacoby
                         for
           Bechtel  Subcontract (E.P.A.)
                      161

-------
Kali und Salz Hazardous Waste Storage at Herfa-Neurode, Germany










Introduction






          The storage of hazardous wastes in the Kali und




Salz A.G. at Herfa-Neurode in West Germany is the first com-




mercial attempt to store such wastes  on a large scale.   Mr.




Charles H.  Jacoby (formerly of International Salt Co.)  in




September of 1976, visited the operation and what follows is



a summary of his observations.






          The term waste storage  is used by the Germans




primarily because of the fact that for  the first three  years




of placement, the waste remains the property of the  producer.




The material can be retrieved at  Kali und Salz's option at




the producer's expense if the material  does not meet the




specifications agreed upon by Kali und  Salz and as shown in




the form A and the letter of acceptance furnished to the pro-




ducer after approval of the'mining authorities.






          After three years the waste becomes the property of




Kali und Salz if no other terms are agreed upon in writing.




During the five years of operation, there has been no occasion




to retrieve material to return to a producer.
                              162

-------
Geology






          The underground depository at Herfa-Neurode is




located in the southern part of the Permian Zechstein Basin.




This extensive area of sedimentation, encompassing northwest



Germany, the Netherlands and the larger part of Denmark, is




well known for its voluminous production of potassium salts.




The Zechstein evaporite sequence consists of four distinct




cycles, each beginning with the deposition of a clastic,




followed by one or more phases of sodiums, several levels of




potassium salts and terminating with the deposition of a re-




gressive halite or anhydrite.  Figure 1 depicts the typical



stratigraphy and thickness in the area.






          The depository is located at a depth of about 700m




in Zechstein 1  (Zl), a basin margin deposit.  Figure 2 depict



a typical cross section of the "Thdringen" potash bed (KITh).



Above  this level is a cover of rock salt approximately 170m




in thickness which, in turn, bears layers of clay and argil-




laceous earth, a cavernous dolomite and an impervious clay.



This forms an absolutely impervious seal to the variegated



sandstone lying above.  In the dolomite, waste brine from the



potash refineries  is disposed of.  A 100m thick layer of rock




salt immediately below the depository forms a barrier, pro-




hibiting connections with the lower strata.
s
                              163

-------
          Stratigraphy and Thicknesses
jf German Zechstein in  the Werra - Fulda -Area
3 tratigrp ohy
Zechslcin
3 and 4
Zechslein 2
Zechstein 1
Z41
Ca3
Z3t
T2No
T2 A
T2
Na1y
K1H
Nalp
KITh
Nalcx
Al*
CaAl
Cal
Tl
21C
Upper Zechslcintetlen
Plaly Dolomite
Lower Zechsleinlcllen
Halile
Zwibclienbdliiidi
Anhydrite
Salt Clay
Upper Werra Halite
Potashbed .. HE5SEN "
Middle Werra Halite
Polashbed THURINGEN"
Lower Werra Halite
Lower Werra Anhydrite
Anhj/drilknolenschiefer
Zechstei/i Limestone
Copper Shale
Conglomerate
Thickncs
Werra
10
20
35
5
10
10
100
3
60
3
100
5
5
8
03
0-3
ses ( m }
Fulda
10
not typical
40
10
-
10
50
2,5
55
2,2
90
3
/,
7
03
5
FIGURE 1 - TYPICAi STRATIGPTvPHY OF !'HUM I AN ZTCIISTKIH SEQUENCE
                       164

-------
       Normatprofif des l/nferen Lagers  fKaliffoz  Thurmgcn)
                    fur das cvcstl/che VV'crragcbicf
•urn l)r ri.Rjlh. KJS.C!

           Htftifref k'iffa
                                                            ; IN* Wl
                                   —T-T" '  \ Obcre Ijfs^ciffcitJie

FIGURE  2  - CROSS  SECTION OF "TI1URINCEN"  POTASH BED
                                165

-------
          Figure 3 shows the location of  the Herfa-Neurode



facilities with respect to Bad Hersfeld,  the nearest town



of any size.  The area  has extensive  mining  operations  as



depicted in Figure 4.   The storage  facility  is  located



(Figure 5) in the far  northwest corner of the mine,  some



4 km from the shaft area.   Figure 6 details  a section of  the



storage area.
                            166

-------
                                      MAD STAB ci1: 200 000  I Urn
                                                                    \
' FIGURE  3 - LOCATION MAP  OF HERFA-NEURODE  FACILITIES
                            167

-------
n  9
CO
                                                                                                                          ThQrlngrn
                                                                                                       —iVVVWi
                                                                                                   Schacfil li •  'i...
                                                                                                  __ ri,nn,.n7;V^;0;^
                                           Grubenfeld Haltorl
                            FIGURE  4  - MINIKG OPERATIONS  IN THE  HERFA-NEURODE  AREA
                                                                                              5 km
                                                                                                             Grubenfeldubersicht
                                                                                                             Kaliwerk Wintershat
                                                                       Grubtnlftd Wlnlfrshall 1. Sohlf
                                                                               Herfo     2.
                                                                       T»il '    Hallor/   1.

-------
                         j L-J ^	r>—f \
                         ig-g'D 0*1

                'o'Q'DgDcK
              I a D:D b a a b'b.Lcu.Y
              \P.P.P.P-P.P n'p ti T;ibp.a a-nb
               •^ a D'G'LJ r'^ q cliTtj IJ'G a n.n:f
                      irsf ^1 "d a'o'ij u G'o.acr
                     VAJ n"^ D Q.P m"J G a

                  ^D.aTj-d'

              3.D.D-D d:p.n"q-p Ulj'y .
              70 a o'b a g'p-q.a-g'b'm
                "^J^JQ a [d.p'Q Qp'ao-c
                  nj.u a'd a g '"' ""
                                fVaci o D o"O DG
                                '•'Vjaci1-'-"-""-1—r-
                                   :-_-_U-v,	.^QD
                     nraSf] a oS oVu Ul
                                  CD

                                 Sj
      ..- - ^.-^.- -. a'i7iVa.'Dni];u[fLi
] a a B drp a a.pjDjQ.n^G.n p1Gp.n..dia

                     5.a,a" D.D D-JJ D a
                                "a n
                            rt D'd-p ap'gp^
                             M ff n.^nv,r;"i'D"C?1"D-
                               ffc.ij.j up D'O r
                                '"j Gp.a.p p'D r;
                                 r'iA"/n'a'b	
                               ,k"i.u:Ua a a.acr:
                                              a
FIGURE 5 - HAP OF  THE liF.RFA-NEURODE STORAGE AFX
                            169

-------
                 U LT\_r   ^
                   -" •      ¥>'">*•.


                  n;D-D D LJ
                   ^» -  »    f 0". •»*


                    DT
                            Ou
           •  «  "^    >^. — •«  'r  o(/-wV:

        i.':n  a G  a a_n.[_j?J.Lj!

                    a "a d
               „.  „.          ..

         ^f n' q r^J"D"n' ra^aa
                 -1-' <&s$y"~y.->   \" Houioj I
                      e^
                   ri>c..	 v;.- J- 1A ^-'- 7   *" "^ • ••
         -oTMi.g p-ti
           ' .'.S^X^  ^•"^>-
AUS.JC
a  D.Q-D D

          Q
                                      L
                              n cTQ c
 FIGURE 6 - DETAIL HAP OF STORAGE AREA
                   170

-------
Previous Mining Operations






          The mining of potash was the primary reason for



the construction of Herfa-Neurode Mine.  Reportedly,  this



mine was started in 1901 for the exploitation of the low



grade potash ore which ran between 8 and 11% K20.  A room



and pillar system was used since trackless LHD equipment



was introduced in 1969 where the room widths were 12-14



meters with basically square pillars of a dimension of



12-14 feet on each side, depending upon depth and rock



mechanical properties of the potash mined.  There was no evi-



dence of undue pillar stressing.  The height of the room



openings is 2 to 3 meters which is a governing factor in



the storage operations.






          During recent years headings were driven as shown



in Figure 7.  This shows 3 contiguous 4 meter wide headings



being driven in a V wedge.  The three headings are four



meters wide by 7 meters long.  These headings or panels  were



drilled with auger drills and shot to form a wedge shaped pile




of broken oxe.





          Generally speaking, the mine is somewhat similar



to the Retsof Mine of International Salt Company.  The section



of potash bearing salt which is being mined is at a depth of




731 meters.
                              171

-------
      or
FIGURE '7  - MINING HEADING
                               172

-------
Conversion






          Reportedly, the principal cost of conversion lies



in the clean up of waste salt and debr-s,-scaling^and renewed



roof bolting to guarantee safe roof conditions.  Prior to be-



ginning this clean up, the roof is inspected for loose salt



or slabs.  These areas of possible roof problems are drilled



with low angle holes; light charges of dynamite inserted into



the holes, detonated and the possible dangerous material



blasted down.  Holes are drilled into the roof and 1m 20cm



roof bolts installed.  The 2cm bolts are shell type bolts



anchored in  salt on a 2 meter pattern.  Plates over the bolt



heads hold the roof in place.






          Subsequent to the installation of the bolts, a



payloader scoops up the waste salt and debris and dumps it



into breaks  or rooms which can not be used for storage.  rhe



governing factor in the use of a room for storage is the mini-



mum permissible room height of 2 meters 30 centimeters.  The



floor has to be thoroughly prepared by grading and adding fine



salt, which  is  in  turn compacted by vibrators.  The rooms are




now ready for  storage.
                               173

-------
Method and Materials to be Stored






          A master plan for the storage of materials has



been developed for the more than 700 compounds handled.



These compounds are separated into 19 different storage



categories.  Categories of storage vary from single com-



pounds to multi-compound compartments.





          There are three basic containers,  normally 55 gal-



lon steel drums,  but occasionally smaller  steel drums and



plastic drums.





          Brick walls are built at prescribed  intervals in



keeping with the type of wastes to be stored.   When a pre-



determined volume of a given waste has been  stored,  a brick



wall 12 meters long, 30 dm thick and 2*5 meters high is built



across the room.   These brick walls are hand laid  at a cost



of 3,500 Deutsche Marks or $1520 per wall.   Most of the walls



have to be paid for by the producers,  and  this is  agreed upon



in the letter of acceptance,  if the material they  deliver



makes this necessary to avoid bad odor or  with respect to



safety rules and ventilation requirements  set by the mine or



the mining authorities.





          Special substances, such as outdated drugs, were put



in an isolated fenced room under lock and  key.
                             174

-------
Ventilation






          Two shafts service the storage area.  One of these



carry the downcast fresh air for ventilation while the other



is up cast.  The down cast air stream is split in the shaft



so that 2,500 m /min. goes to the storage operation while the



remainder of the flow is diverted to the active mining areas.



This section of down cast area shaft is the only mutual con-



tact between the material to be stored and the areas in which



mining is currently being conducted.






          No water was observed either in the mine or in the



man shaft.  Where the two shafts penetrated the aquifer over-



lying the Zechstein salt formations, steel tubbing was used.



This steel tubbing has been caulked by using lead in the



joints.





          Air entering the mine from the down cast shaft



travels along the 4.5 kilometer haulageway leading to the



storage area.  This same haulageway is used for vehicular



traffic carrying waste to storage.  Exhaust air is carried



in an isolated return air system and discharged to the up



cast air shaft.  Air from this shaft is discharged directly



to the atmosphere with no prior filtering or scrubbing.
                             175

-------
Storage Charges & Tonnages



          Storage charges are  based  on metric  tons with the


current cost being 122.80 DM (2.3 dm- $1.00).   The density


of the material being stored is  usually  not  taken into con-


sideration.  The greatest weight of  a drum filled with dry


bulk waste is 500 kg.  Normally, a skip  load consists of 8


tons.  Thus, in order to meet  their  standard hoist of 200-300


tons per shift (1 shift per  day) they must lower  an average


of 40 tons per hour.



          During the  last four years of  operation approximately


100,000 tons of waste have been  stored.   In  1975, about 40,000


tons of waste were disposed  of at Herfa-Neurode.   The projected


tonnage for this year is between 36  to 38,000.  It is estimated


that the current storage rate  requires 150,000  m   of space/year.


Reportedly, the mining operations will create  some 2 x lp

 O
m /yr. from a tonnage of 25/000  tons daily.
                              176

-------
Summary  & Conclusions






          With  the exception of lowering  the waste into the



mine through  the fresh air down cast air  shaft and the materials



•transport to  the storage area  in  the fresh air haulageway, we



were in  basic agreement with the  German operation.






          The Germans were prepared for spillage clean up; for



example,  if  steel drums or other  containers had been punctured



by  the fork  lift or dropped from  the truck.






          Of  particular significance was  their system of



scheduling and  coding waste shipments.  The waste producer



makes  application for the storage of their waste by chemical



composition  and volume.  After permission is granted, the



tentative date  of shipment is  stipulated  and a 24 hour shipping



notice is given by Kali und Salz.  When the shipment is made,



copies of the "Waste-Waybill"  (Abfallbegleitschein) are given



to  the respective authorities  so  that transport control is



possible.  Upon receipt of the shipment,  a maximum of 24 hours



of  surface "shed" storage is provided.  The responsibility for



the waste is  assumed by Kali und  Salz at  the time the material



is  unloaded  from the trucks after examination of the load and




waste-waybill.





          Material to be lowered  into the mine is taken directly



from the surface transport vehicle or from the shed storage and



placed in the mine cage ready  for lowering into the mine.  This
                               177

-------
skip has a stipulated load capacity of 8 tons '(metric) .






          All drums are delivered  on one-way pallet and




strapped with a steel band to avoid dislocation on the  pallets




during the transport and handling  with fork lifts.  Two  pallets




are stacked on top of each other.   This standard configuration




varies with the density of the material being stored.   Drums




are coded in keeping with a master map and ledger book.   Upon




arrival underground, the code numbers are recorded in a  separate




ledger and placed on another map in the exact spot where the




material is to be stored.






          A full emergency medical facility to cover all even-




tualities has been set up near the bottom of the shaft.   This




facility is equipped with showers, medicines and baskets.   Ad-




jacent to this facility is a "double" change room, together




with a lunch room.  Elaborate precautions have been taken with




respect to both lunch room sanitation and contamination.
                              178

-------
 IC.Ii »~i S.1» *G,
            .~.1l.<»g. ligl K.il.1. fotll.di 10JOJ*
                                                  7«l««:
                                                             30M (v.,mitiiu..fl)
                                                  •>nkr»t>i<«fu«g: K.N-B.-V AC *••••!
                                                          (GL2 S302OTOO) Konlo 147SJ01
 IH»« Ztid
              NadtricM t
                                     Ttl.fon -Di>nt>»M
                                                  Hauptvcrwaltung
                                                  K..1.I, Frl.d,:* Ebtrl.Sl.^Bt ISO
Untertage-Deponie Eerfa-Neurode
Selu? geehrte Herren!

Vir  iibersenden Ihnen die "Allgemeinen Geschaftsbedingungen" und
das  "Formblatt A" unserer Untertage-Deponie Herfa-Neurode.

     Die Untertage-Deponie Herfa-Neurode ist insbesondere fiir die
Ablagerung -von -Abfallstoff en geeignet,  die -anderweitig nicbt.
tunweltunschadlich beseitigt werden  konnen.

Ira Interesse der Sicherheit des Betriebes unter Tage unterliegt
sie  jedoch folgenden Beschrankungen:

     1.  Die Abfallstoffe diirfen in den praktisch geschlossenen
        Raumen unter Tage keine ziindfahigen,  explosiven oder
        toxischen Gas - Luft .- Gemische  bilden.

     2.  Flussige Abfallstoffe konnen nicht abgelagert werden.
        Solche Abfallstoffe mussen init geeigneten Mitteln in
        absolut stichfeste Form uberfiiart verden, so dafi keine
        freien Flxissigkeiten austreten konnen.
Bei  Abfallstoffen, die zunachst infolge dieser Beschrankungen
nicb-t angenommen werden konnen und  deren anderweitige umwelt-
unschadliche Beseitigung technisch  und  wirtschaftlich nicht ge-
geben ist,  lassen sich in vielen 'Fallen durch gemeinsam zu erar-
beitende Verfahren (Konditionierung,  besondere Verpackung,
AbmaueruDg untertage usw.) die Voraussetzungen fiir die sichere
Ablagerung in der Untertage-Deponie schaffen.

     Hit der Ubersendung des "Formblatts A" (in zweifacher Ausfer-
tigung) an  die Kali + Salz AG., Abt.  B 3, 35 Kassel, Postfach 1O2O29
erkennt der Beseitigungspflichtige  die  "Allgemeinen Geschafts-
"bedingungen" an.  Dariiber binaus gelten  die in der schriftlichen
Annabjnebestatigung der Untertage-Deponie ggf. festgelegten verein-
barten  besonderen Bedingungen.
                                  179

-------
Gcnehmigungsverf shren

Per Beseitigungspflichtige erhalt nach Priifung des betreffenden
Abfallntoffes und der Genehmigung durch das Bergamt Bad Hersfeld
von der Untertage-Deponie Herfa-Neurode die r.chriftliche Annahae-
bestatigung, .der eine Kopie des mit dem Genehmigungsvernerk des
ISerganites versehenen "Formblatts A" beigefiigt 1st. AnnabinebeEta-
tigung, bergbehordliche Genehmigung und Codc-Bezeichnung geltea
fur die wiederholte Anlieferung des gleichen Abfallstoffes_ (s.§§ 13
UDd 11 der "Allgemeinen Geschaftsbedingungen" ) . "In "der" Annahmebe-
statigung und auf dem "Formblatt A" ist die Code-Bezeichnung ange-
geben, mit der die Behalter, in denen der betreffende  Abfallstoff
angeliefert wird, deutlich lesbar und dauerhaft zu beschriften
sind.

Mit diesen Unterlagen kann der Beseitigungspflichtige  dann gemaB
den Verordnungen der Bundesregierung vom 29- 7* 7^ zu  den §§ 11,
12 und 13 des Abfallgesetzes bei seiner zustandigen Behorde die
Transportgenehxnigung beantragen. Nach. Erhalt der Transportgeneh.-
Bigung vereinbart der Beseitigungspflichtige mit dem Betrieb der
Untertage-Deponie Herfa-Neurode die verbindlichen AnlieferujDgs-
termine.

Auf den Begleitscheinen nach der Abfallnach'weisverordnung vom
29- 7- 7^» § 2 Abs. 1 miissen zusatglich Code-Nujimer und Zab.1 der
angelieferten Beha'lter angegeben werden.


Anlieferung

Die Anlieferung kann nur mit LKW erfolgen. Die Behalter, in der
Regel 200-Liter-Stahlblechfasser mit SpannringverschluB, miissen
mechanisch einwandfrei, dicht verschlossen und diirfen  auBerlich
nicht verunreinigt sein.

Die Behalter sind auf Paletten (AbmaBe bis zu 1200 x 1200) anzu-
liefern und durch ein horizontales Stahlband so zu umschlingen,
daB ein Verrutschen beim Transport und beim Be- und Entla"den"
sicher verhindert wird. Einweg-Paletten konnen bei bestimmten
Stoffen vorgeschrieben werden. Auf einer Palette dxirfen nur Ab-
fallstoffe gleicher Art und Behalter gleicher GroBe angeliefert
werden.
              Hit freundlichem GruB und Gliickauf!

              \KALI UND SALZ AKTIENGESELLSCHAPT
                                    (i.V. von der  Ehe)
                                 180

-------
                                                            Kail  und  Snlac  AQ
   3500 K_««ol1,  F,i»d,icJi-Ebnrl-Str«Be 160
                      Poitf.eh  102029
   Tol.fon:        (0561)3011  (Dmcfcw.hl 301396)
   F.,n.*,r.ibBr:992418
                                                                                                           „   ..
                                                                                                           "'I"'*  H«rf«-N-"«>««»
                                                                                                           6<32 H.rmgen (We,,.). Werk Wintar.h.ll
                                                                                                           ™efon:        (06624)811
                                                                                                           Farnichreiber: 493383
                                                                          GeichlfUbecfingungen     (i. J.
                                      II
Dit  Kill und S«li  Am«r,0B..|lich,M  -  i™  fol
        Firm.  ».>.,nt>«rt  mil   K + S,  Belrit bxll.ilung  H.
        Eini.lh.it.-,  Ob.r  d.r,  Uml.ng  und  d,.  ,,:,,,_£,  F<
       n.  Oab.i w.rd i  JOr  di
Ullig.
         in Mon*U.
                                   jng  w!rd 14
                                    firfcilct  di« R
-,.-,,._.   .   ,            ^    .          .
(3)  D«r in Absitz  1  oen.nnle  Gr-indprsii  •nihlll iu TO % *n  P«'«on»IfcOiten
gibundtn* Au^endunjo...  Bbi  »in«r And«n,n0 dor P.-.on*li,oll»n Indnrl «ldi
• u* mil  •oforiiQ.r W.»kung  im Olfl,c^,n VB.h»llni. d.r an  P.r.on»llio»len  C»-
buftdent 7«p| dei Grundp'B»»i. M»9gabend *0r «in» X-d«ajng  ill di*  Andeojng
da* L^hnl«fifvartf_gtt iwndien der  Ir-du«lri«fltw»fkichtf1 Bc'gbiu  und Entrgi*,
Bod>um( und d»m Kativer*in •- V.,  H*onov«r, vorn  I.  7. 1674

Der Gojndprelt «n!hlH  xu 30%  Ab>cff«ibupg und Verjiniung  barf ilgestelllar
G»fltfl. Ande't «ich def  Indei der  Frreugerpre-.e  d*'  InvBihlionsgOler-lndustriii
(Gnindlig«: VerBff«nUicf*ung  de«  Sta*i»lischen  Bundenm!»i, Wiesbaden.  F»rh-
•*n<  M, R»ihe 3.  unlar .tndei der £r/«ug..p,e,si  irdu>ln»l|*r prorfuk-e und
lnvetlMien«gOi«r*( A-tsgtnjirahl: Indei  f(jf d*f J«^' l?^). d«m  |nje<1 i,_*i  dar
• i  Abid^'e
                                                                                                        K+S
                                                                                                                                            fr«!   d!»
                                                                                   (1) K + S  tst Cber  di*
                                                                                   Verlrsgsi  ninaui von  ihr
                                                                                   •) die  Firmi n.cM  fnil
                                                                                                               lic^«n Besli^muncen Cb*r den Fill HP| $ 0 rfW...
                                                                                                               liper^ngi ve plficrluro gd-nlfl $ 1 L«lr«it  w*™
                                                                                                                 den  njch §2  >«r«inb»'1fn  MftJdepflidilen  n*dv
                                                                                                                    nr.lcn Gnjnd«  vot|i»g|,
                                                                                                                    pd«f  dutch  b»Kflrd!>d-p
                                                                                            ,
                                                                                   b)  einer d»r ir § 8 Abi  1 «-b
                                                                                   c)  dif  Ablige'ung  dwch  G«^
                                                                                      wind,
                                                                                   d)  K 4  S tw'-tiit, dif die Ablig«njig  au« betrieblichen, von  K -f- S  nicM
                                                                                      irenehuldetan GrOnden  unm&glidi cd»r unumylb*/ iBL

                                                                                   p) Die  Befreiung  von der Ab'epfrungsverp(l!c^1i.ng  gilt nur (Of  die (••eiligen
                                                                                   Tei'mpngofl  di-i ibiu!*gprnd«n Ab'tMiloHei,  (Or  di«  einer d«r  in Aba. 1 g»-
                                                                                   nennlen GrDnde  aingelrejen lit.
 P) Di* Firmi  h*t  die  Abr_tll>toH« in  einpr  d*n jeweiTt  gellenden  geietrlichert
 Beitimmungen  und b»Ki5rdlidien Anordnungen  entipredianden  Vorpiciung knru-
 liefarn. Diruba'  hinju> gelten di» mil  K + S ve'einbirten und  in der  ichrill-
 lichen Annanmeheiflttgung (eilgslegton Anfo'derung*n  &/i Art und Be*chaffen-
 k>*i1 d*r Verpidtung.
 (1) K + S muB vertengen,  - Kofern dai  Bergtml  H*r»feld tit lusllndig* Auf-
 • ieW^beKBrd* di* von  den Laboralorien dm  Bpsflittpurgspflirhtigert gamicfiUn
 Anoaben oichl  »n*rV*ftn( -, daft der Be»4»i[ig«nS»pflicn!ig* PrOf«M«ite er^e-k-nn-
 |«r P/Qf|l*Han  anlalien  l«8l   die au  den  A^yiban  m  Fsrmblatt A  Slellung
 (vehrr-en und Auiugen  Dber die Eignung  der Ab'alltlof'e hin^ichtlidi d»r Ablt-
 D*rvno «ol*/ d»n Bedinnungen d*r Unlerlage Depon,« wie^«n.
 *
                                     I •

0) Di* Ab'agerung  d*' Ab'alUloMa  bedarf  *il der  Be-
hlMer  und dai  Bruttoy^-itiil der LaHung  durdi  eine ^legakirle  belegt werdwi.
Vor der Abltdyng  «LT(  dam ZerrianpleU d*' Sc^idii-nltgi) H.r^t-Neo'od*,  HeH«-
 Srund,  »rifd  d'*  Obweinilimmuog  der  W«renbogie it papier*  mit der  Ladu"%g
 yrc*i  Zlhluig  und  Wlpung der Lading CbcrpKlH Wird keine  rri_npi*r». oder
 SewicihiimlBige  Dbe.r*ir>»limrnung  feitgnilBlIt.  *>ird K -f S  die  Fimn v.ratlA-
 'gen. FOr oie  Ai/ftlining der fehlend*n Obeitinitimmuna  KeJ  d>e  F'frni  ru
•orgen. Bi| Jut  Aufkllrung *>rv*aig*r Unilimmiglieilen k*nn K-f- S di* AnnaKm*
**rwaigenv
                                                                                   (1) Di*  Pflicht  von  K 4- S  ZLT Ver^iJ^ng der  ebgelagerlen  Abl»lli!oH. b*-
                                                                                   eteht lolingtt, bit die AblallrloHe in dti ttgenlum  von K -J- S ObergeKen.
                                                                                                    I
                                                                                   (2) K + S  Iftnn d''e  R0cknihrr>» ebge'ip.Her  AbfallitoH*  nur d«nn  v*flf*j_r«,
                                                                                   wenn die Abf*H&tof(e rvch! dem Formblelt A, odor don hmtid^tlidi der V«rj,ait-
                                                                                   kurg ytlroWmntn  Virembanjnynn enliprechan,  oder wenn ein ar.dere/ v*id\lig«f
                                                                                   Gnjnd vorliegt,  der nic^l in die Ri»ikc»r!iSre von  K -f  S Ullt
                                                                                   Mil Eigentuni|0b*rgi_pg tfh»cM j&de ROdt^mhrr •v>rpnic^tijnfl.

                                                                                   (3) Obi  K -f  5  einen RQe_-n«Vir«emipnjati gemtfi Abi. 3 eui ein.Ti G^-.d« iu«,
                                                                                   d*n die Firmi  ru  vertrelen hat. «o  hat  die  Firmt all*  ndi d«r«ui •nj»b*r<_j«n
                                                                                   Koiten zu 1'agen.

                                                                                   (4) Ein  Anipruch  *uf EnUHur^g der geriHllen  V»rgDlungen  Im Fell* d*r Aul-
                                                                                   Obung dec  RJeinaKmetn»prucha gemle Abi. 2  beileht  nic^L


                                                                                                                       § 13
                                                                                                                       IK
                                                                                   D»J
                                                                                             •H A til »t*enti;c*>4»r GailAndleil de*  Verti>ge».


                                                                                                                       I «
                                                                                   And*njng*n,  Erglnjungen  ur^  di*  KQndiawna  d*i  V»r1f»Q«i  b*dQH»n  rf^r
                                                                                   SrfifWorm.                                                 v
                                                                                                                       I  18
                                                                                   Allgemeiner Geiid
                                                                                                             Irl PCu»«l.
                                                                             181

-------
                                               Koll  uncl Snlz AG
                                                                                                             Foimbl.tl A
                     UNTERTAGE-DEPONIE  HERFA-NEURODE
                                                          dor
                                             Kail  unrl  Sofz  AG
                                                                                 Belricb Merfa-Neurode T .-'.
                                                                                .6432 Hennncn (Worra), Wcrk Winlershall
                                                                                .Telc(on:~ .;.  (06624) 811 ;
                                                                                 Fo'rnJchreibor:  493 3B3
3500 Kaiso! 1, rriedncfv-Ebt/1-SI/aBo ICO
              Poslfach.102028
              (0561)3011  (Duichwahl 301395)
Femjdiroibor:092419
               Dieses Formblall A Isl v'om Bespitigungspllichlignn In  doppcltei Auslertigung an  Kali und  Salz  AG, T  8 3 -',
 35 Kaisell, Posl'ach imcrM  , zu  ubcrsenden. Die schiifllicho  Annahmebeslallgung erlolgt nach  ObcrprOfung  der Angaben.
  J^BfirirHr-una_dfS 4bfslKM'cs,_Mengtt~flr^ct5rJ/fjp_»cl:uns (ggf. SloH^cnn; eichnung_n_«cll_ AD^R b:w. EVO):
  2. Tf cduVlionsl'CfVunft :,

  3. Codtbdokhnung (Mil K+S lu ve,oinl,»,en):'

  t V1« v.urdo'der AblallsloH nach seinem Anfallen beim DcsoitigungspriicJiligen behandell und gelagert? (dazu ggf. Angabs'
  --^ RtVslnlern"er Vorschrifler, benordlicher BeslimmunBcn usw.). .-^ '^ i. '  ^-r_i. :. ','~- -"^~--. .'.'^ »'s ' 'lr~ -'•' ';"'*-
5. Chomi^cJic Beieichnung der .
Liniolkomponenlcn
1.
•2.
S.
4.
5.
'6.
7.
6.
•9.
10.'
11.
0











Anleil
mm.











: in I -
maK. •










. ;
  6. BescliBfTenheU (bet 3D °C):
   ^Jlussig  .-•       -  Q       fesl erstafrle ScJimelze1 ..Q      schlBmmlg/slichFesi  • Q
    zShdussig/leigig   Q       fest-Vornig   ~         . Q      schlammig / f lussig   -Q
                    "" '"     fcst-pulverig            Q     "

  7. Wnsser-bzw. FlussigVeilsgehaU ^Gewic/us-l)	J	
    Aui v-elcJien Sioffcn  bcslchen die FIGssigkeilen? ~
  S.Schmohpunld (QC)l;_i	-  :" '•                         ;11. PH-Worl'j-   '	
  S.SicdepunU   (°C)	.                       1?. Gasdruck bci 20 °C (Tern)	^
 10.FIammpunH"  (°C)	:	;	                          '"•"•-•'.'.-    bei50°C(Tcm)	     	

, 13. \VelcJic Gaiv. nann dc; AbfalKtoFI durch evcnluelle NacJueaMIonen unlor den Ablagerungsbcdingungon entw!d«Bln?
    ») Wonn er im AnlieFefungsbehaller elngesdi'osscn blc">bt:

    t) Wenn ci mil Lufl in Dcruhrung kommt:

    c) Vr'enn ei mil dcn> ansleKenden San in De'Otr'ung  kommt:

    d) Del wcldien Temperaluien  tielcn Zerjeliungcn. Ausgasuogen, sponlanfj Zcrxetiungen oder Eiploslonen aul ?  :

         WelrfiD Gasgomijdie kfinncn bei 3eri~bet»efTcnden Tcmperaturrn  entslehen?"
                                                         182

-------
14. Anoibtn ubtr die toilkolonifchen Eiaenichiifi.n .>.   *ii n , n
                           u     n tigontcnan.n das  AbfallttorTet (ggf. «usfohrlidie Angaben gesondorl beifQaen)
15. Bei Traniporlschaden, insbosondere Brimjen:
   a) Geeignete Loschmillel, unzulSssigo Loschmitlel


   b) Atemtdiutz
   c) Angaben Ober Varichrifton (behfcrdliche und/oder werksinterne) zur Bnhandlung von Personen, die mil dom AbfaMsloff
      direkt in BcrOhrung  gekommen sind (Schleimhaule. Haul) oder die bel  BcSnden den enlstohenden Gasen »usge»etzt
      war«n (ggf. ausFuhrliche Angabcn gesondert beifOgan)
             ;       Angaben zu den Bedingungen unter Tage der Deponie Herfa-Ncurode
Die AbfallsloFfe warden in loergefordErlcn Abbauen von elwa 2,5 - 3,5  m Hohe  abgelagert. Tomperatur: 25 - 30<>C, reUtiva
Luftfeuditigkcil: max. 451. Gehalte der Grubenwetler an Abgasen: CO: ~  0,001 (Vol.1), COi: ~ 0,1 (Vol. I),  NO2; ~ 2,5 (rng/m5).
Das BO'lehendo Salz hat im Mittel folgende Zusammenselzung:
   MgSOcHiO(Kieseril): 10 - 201        KG I • MgCli-6H!O (Catnallit): 5 - 10%        Unlasliehes (Ton usw.): 1 - 1,5 %
   KCI(S)lvin):           10-151        NaCI (Steinsalz):            60-651
                                                    Erlclarung
Wir versidhern, daB die im Formblatt A zum Vertrag mil der r^S gemachlon Angabon zutreffen.
Die zur Ablagerung in dio Unterfaga-Dcponio Herfa-Neurode  anzulielcrndon Ablallstoffo cnlsprechen den aufgofuhrtan De-
klarationen. Das mil der Declaration und dem Transport beaultragte Personal isl von uns gegen Unterschriflsbeslatigung darauf
hingewiesen worden, daB
   a) nur genau dofinierte Abfallstoffo bntsprechend den Angabon dieses Formblatles A zur Abfuhr bareitgestollt,
   b) keine anderen als die im Formblatt A definierten Abfallstoffe lur Untoitage-Deponie Herfa-Neurode angoliefert
      werden cljrfen.
Verantwortlich
•) FOr die analytischcn Angaben:
b) FOr gowiesorihaMa Doklaration:
c) FDrVerladung und Transport:
Name Telefon



Name des Slel!vertreter«



 Anschrift der Firma :
                                         Datum:
RocMsverbindlicrie Unterscbrift
          der Firma
Raum (Or Bohordenvermetka:
                                                      183

-------
            UNTERTAGE-DEPONIE  H E R F A - N E U R O D E      / -';

3500 Kid>-Eb
-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (rlease read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 REPORT NO.
 EPA-600/2-77-215
                             2.
                                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSIOWNO.
TITLE AND SUBTITLE

COST ASSESSMENT FOR THE EMPLACEMENT  OF
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SALT MINE
                                                           5. REPORT DATE
                                                           November  1977  (Issuing Date)
                                                           6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 AUTHOR(S)
 B.T.  Kown,
 J.D.  Ruby,
                                                         8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
            R.A.  Stenzel, J.A. Hepper,
            R.T.  Mllligan
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Bechtel  Corporation
  San  Francisco, California  94119
                                                          10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                                                          1DB064   SOS2 Task 4
                                                          11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

                                                          68-03-2430
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
  Municipal Environmental  Research Laboratory--Cin. ,OH
  Office of Research and  Development
  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
  Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                                          13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                                          Final   July  76 thru May  77
                                                          14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                                                          EPA/600/14
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 Robert  E.  Landreth, P.O.    Phone No.  5l<3/684-7871
16. ABSTRACT
 This  report presents the  results  of an economic evaluation of the  storage of
 nonradioactive hazardous  wastes  in underground mine openings.  This  study is a
 part  of a continuous effort  to find a new and better method of disposing  or
 storing hazardous wastes  in  an environmentally acceptable manner.  The  technical
 assessment of the hazardous  waste storage in underground mine openings  performed
 in  an earlier study  (EPA-600/2-75-040) indicated that long-term  storage of
 hazardous wastes in a room and pillar type salt mine was an environmentally
 acceptable method provided that certain precautions are taken.   This  study is
 performed to develop the  cost data associated with the storage of  hazardous
 wastes  in a typical room  and pillar type salt mine, including the  capital  and
 operating costs.  The intent of the study is to reveal economic  sensitivity of
 various parameters involved  in the underground storage of hazardous  wastes.  In
 order to develop the cost data, this study also involved characterization of the
 wastes  and conceptual design of the waste receiving, treatment,  containerization,
 and storage facilities.
17.
                                KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                              b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDEDTERMS
                                                                           COSATI Field/Group
 Waste disposal, sludge disposal,
 stabilization,  waste treatment,
 encapsulating,  hazardous materials,
 economic  analysis, operating costs,
 capitalized  costs
                                              Solid waste management,
                                              hazardous waste manage-
                                              ment, fixation
13B
13. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 RELEASE TO  PUBLIC
                                             19. SECURITY CLASS {ThisReport)
                                                  UNCLASSIFIED
199
                                             20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                                  UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                        22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                             185
                                                                   4U.S. GOVERNMENTFHIHHHGOFFlCt 1978— 7 57-140/66Z3

-------